Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

to+which+it+belongs

Толкование Перевод

41 אדר II

אֵדֶרII h., אִדְרָא II or אֲדָרָא I ch. m. (v. אָדַר) (thick-leaved, dark) 1) a cedar species, prob. Spanish Juniper. R. Hash. 23a מאי קדרוס (ם) אדרא Ms. M. (ed. קתרוס) what is kedros (κέδρος)? Adara. Snh.108b what is gofer? רב אמר אדרא דביר׳ שילא אמרוכ׳ Ar. a Ms. Fl. (v. Rabb. D. S. a. l.); cmp. Gen. R. s. 31; Yalk. Gen. 51.Bets.15b יטע אדרוכ׳ let him plant an edar (allud. to addir, Ps. 93:4); א״נ אדראוכ׳ or adara as its (popular or Chald.) name is; as people say, it is called adara because it lasts for generations (א־דרא). Git. 69b אטרף א׳ leaves of ad. Ib. מיא דא׳ decoct thereof. 2) אִדְרָא fig-tree. Targ. II, Esth. 7:9 (to which perhaps belongs. Git. l. c.).

Jewish literature > אדר II
42 אֵדֶר

אֵדֶרII h., אִדְרָא II or אֲדָרָא I ch. m. (v. אָדַר) (thick-leaved, dark) 1) a cedar species, prob. Spanish Juniper. R. Hash. 23a מאי קדרוס (ם) אדרא Ms. M. (ed. קתרוס) what is kedros (κέδρος)? Adara. Snh.108b what is gofer? רב אמר אדרא דביר׳ שילא אמרוכ׳ Ar. a Ms. Fl. (v. Rabb. D. S. a. l.); cmp. Gen. R. s. 31; Yalk. Gen. 51.Bets.15b יטע אדרוכ׳ let him plant an edar (allud. to addir, Ps. 93:4); א״נ אדראוכ׳ or adara as its (popular or Chald.) name is; as people say, it is called adara because it lasts for generations (א־דרא). Git. 69b אטרף א׳ leaves of ad. Ib. מיא דא׳ decoct thereof. 2) אִדְרָא fig-tree. Targ. II, Esth. 7:9 (to which perhaps belongs. Git. l. c.).

Jewish literature > אֵדֶר
43 עודף

עוֹדֶףm. (עָדַף) surplus. Y.Dem.V, 24c מעשר שני שבע׳ that portion of the surplus (over the exact tithe) which lawfully belongs to the second tithe. (Sifré Num. 126 פתיל זה הע׳, read עוֹרֶף, v. פָּתִיל.

Jewish literature > עודף
44 עוֹדֶף

עוֹדֶףm. (עָדַף) surplus. Y.Dem.V, 24c מעשר שני שבע׳ that portion of the surplus (over the exact tithe) which lawfully belongs to the second tithe. (Sifré Num. 126 פתיל זה הע׳, read עוֹרֶף, v. פָּתִיל.

Jewish literature > עוֹדֶף
45 פרישה I

פְּרִישָׁהI f. (פָּרַש) 1) separation, retirement, preparation. Yoma 8b שזה פְּרִישָׁתוֹ לקדושהוכ׳ this one (the high priest) is isolated for sanctification (to prepare himself for the functions of the Day of Atonement), and this one (the priest designated to burn the red cow) is isolated for the sake of levitical cleanness. Ḥull.72b משעת פְּרִישָׁתָן מאביהן at the moment when they are cut loose from the main body (the garment); פרישתן מאבר when a piece of the embryo is cut loose from the limb to which it belongs; a. e. 2) withdrawal, abstinence. Pes.22b כשם שקבלתי שכר על הדרישה … הפ׳ as I am rewarded for explaining (every את in the Scripture), so I shall be rewarded for abstaining (from interpreting the את in Deut. 6:13); Kidd.57a. Sabb.87a בארבעה עבוד פ׳ on the fourth day of Sivan they began to observe abstinence (Ex. 19:15); a. e.

Jewish literature > פרישה I
46 פְּרִישָׁה

פְּרִישָׁהI f. (פָּרַש) 1) separation, retirement, preparation. Yoma 8b שזה פְּרִישָׁתוֹ לקדושהוכ׳ this one (the high priest) is isolated for sanctification (to prepare himself for the functions of the Day of Atonement), and this one (the priest designated to burn the red cow) is isolated for the sake of levitical cleanness. Ḥull.72b משעת פְּרִישָׁתָן מאביהן at the moment when they are cut loose from the main body (the garment); פרישתן מאבר when a piece of the embryo is cut loose from the limb to which it belongs; a. e. 2) withdrawal, abstinence. Pes.22b כשם שקבלתי שכר על הדרישה … הפ׳ as I am rewarded for explaining (every את in the Scripture), so I shall be rewarded for abstaining (from interpreting the את in Deut. 6:13); Kidd.57a. Sabb.87a בארבעה עבוד פ׳ on the fourth day of Sivan they began to observe abstinence (Ex. 19:15); a. e.

Jewish literature > פְּרִישָׁה
47 ser

m.

1 being (ente).

ser humano human being

los seres vivos living things

2 ens.

v.

1 to be (to be in some place or situation, to originate in, to belong to, to pertain, to exist really).

fue aquí it was here

lo importante es decidirse the important thing is to reach a decision

ser de to be made of; (estar hecho de) to be from; (provenir de) to belong to; (ser propiedad de) to be a member of (formar parte de)

¿de dónde eres? where are you from?

los juguetes son de mi hijo the toys are my son's

es alto/gracioso he is tall/funny

es azul/difícil it's blue/difficult

es un amigo/el dueño he is a friend/the owner

Yo soy buena I am good.

2 to be (to be worth, quantity).

¿cuánto es? how much is it?

son 300 pesos that'll be 300 pesos

¿qué (día) es hoy? what day is it today?, what's today?

mañana será 15 de julio tomorrow (it) will be 15 July

¿qué hora es? what time is it?, what's the time?

son las tres (de la tarde) it's three o'clock (in the afternoon), it's three (pm)

3 to be (joined to nouns which signify employment or occupation).

soy abogado/actriz I'm a lawyer/an actress

son estudiantes they're students

4 to be (to happen, to occur, to fall out).

es muy tarde it's rather late

era de noche/de día it was night/day

5 to be (auxiliary verb, by which the passive is formed).

fue visto por un testigo he was seen by a witness

6 to exist, to live.

7 to be for.

Me es muy fácil aprender español It is very easy for me to learn Spanish.

* * *

SER

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

soy, eres, es, somos, sois, son.

Imperfect Subjunctive

era, eras, era, éramos, erais, eran.

Past Indicative

fui, fuiste, fue, fuimos, fuisteis, fueron.

Future Indicative

seré, serás, será, seremos, seréis, serán.

Conditional

sería, serías, sería, seríamos, seríais, serían.

Present Subjunctive

sea, seas, sea, seamos, seáis, sean.

Imperfect Subjunctive

fuera, fueras, fuera, fuéramos, fuerais, fueran;

fuese, fueses, fuese, fuésemos, fueseis, fuesen.

Future Subjunctive

fuere, fueres, fuere, fuéremos, fuereis, fueren.

Imperative

sé (tú), sea (él/Vd.), seamos (nos.), sed (vos.), sean (ellos/Vds.).

Past Participle

sido.

\

\

————————

SER

► abreviatura

1 RADIO ( Sociedad Española de Radiodifusión) Spanish private broadcasting company

* * *
1. verb
to be

- ser de
2. noun m.
being

* * *

SF ABR Esp
= Sociedad Española de Radiodifusión radio network
* * *
I 1.
cópula

1) ( seguido de adjetivos) to be

[ ser expresses identity or nature as opposed to condition or state, which is normally conveyed by estar. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in estar 1 cópula 1]

es bajo — he's short

es muy callada — she's very quiet

mi padre es calvo — my father's bald

es sorda de nacimiento — she was born deaf

es inglés/rubio/católico — he's English/fair/(a) Catholic

era cierto/posible — it was true/possible

sé bueno, estáte quieto — be a good boy and keep still

que seas muy feliz — I hope you'll be very happy; (+ me/te/le etc)

para serte sincero — to be honest with you, to tell you the truth

siempre le he sido fiel — I've always been faithful to her; ver tb verbo intransitivo I 5

¿éste es o se hace?/¿tú eres o te haces? — (AmL fam) is he/are you stupid or something? (colloq)

2) ( hablando de estado civil) to be

el mayor es casado/divorciado — the oldest is married/divorced

es viuda — she's a widow; ver tb estar I 3)

3) (seguido de nombre, pronombre, sintagma nominal) to be

soy peluquera/abogada — I'm a hairdresser/a lawyer

es madre de dos niños — she's a mother of two

ábreme, soy Mariano/yo — open the door, it's Mariano/it's me

el que fuera presidente — the former president

años más tarde sería mi asistente — years later she would become my assistant

por ser usted, haremos una excepción — for you o since it's you, we'll make an exception

dame cualquiera que no sea ése — give me any one except o but that one

ya no soy lo que era — I'm not what I used to be

4) (con predicado introducido por `de')

esos zapatos son de plástico — those shoes are (made of) plastic

soy de Córdoba — I'm from Cordoba

es de los vecinos — it belongs to the neighbors, it's the neighbors'

este libro no es de aquí — this book doesn't go o belong here

ésa es de las que... — she's one of those people who..., she's the sort of person who...

ser de lo que no hay — (fam) to be incredible (colloq)

5) (hipótesis, futuro)

será un error — it must be a mistake

¿será cierto? — can it be true?

pero será animal! — he must be a complete idiot
2.
ser vi

Sentido I

1)

a) ( existir) to be

b) (liter) ( en cuentos)

érase una vez... — once upon a time there was...

2)

a) (tener lugar, ocurrir)

la fiesta va a ser en su casa — the party is going to be (held) at her house

¿dónde fue el accidente? — where did the accident happen?

el asunto fue así... — it happened like this...

b) ( en preguntas)

ser de algo/alguien: ¿qué habrá sido de él? I wonder what happened to o what became of him; ¿qué es de Marisa? (fam) what's Marisa up to (these days)? (colloq); ¿qué va a ser de nosotros? — what will become of us?

3) ( sumar)

¿cuánto es (todo)? — how much is that (altogether)?

son 3.000 pesos — that'll be o that's 3,000 pesos

cuatro y cuatro son ocho — four and four are o make eight

somos diez en total — there are ten of us altogether

4) (causar, significar) to be

aquello fue su ruina — that was his downfall

5) ( resultar)

me va a ser imposible venir — I'm not going to be able to come

me fue muy difícil entenderlo — I found it very difficult to understand

6) ( consistir en) to be

lo importante es participar — the important o main thing is to take part

7) (indicando finalidad, adecuación)

ser para algo — to be for something

este agua es para beber — this water is for drinking

este traje no es para usarlo mucho — this suit is not for frequent wear

Sentido II

8) ( usado para enfatizar)

así es como queda mejor — like that it looks best

fue aquí donde lo vi — this is where I saw him, it was here that I saw him

era él el que quería — he was the one who wanted to

fueron los bancos los que se beneficiaron — it was the banks that benefited

fui yo quien or la que lo dije fui yo quien or la que lo dijo — I was the one who said it, it was me that said it

9)

es que...: ¿es que no lo saben? do you mean to say they don't know?; es que no sé nadar the thing is I can't swim; díselo, si es que te atreves — tell him, if you dare

10)

lo que es... — (fam)

lo que es yo, no pienso hablarle más — I certainly have no intention of speaking to him again

lo que es saber idiomas! — it sure is something to be able to speak languages! (AmE), what it is to be able to speak languages! (BrE)

11) (en locs)

a no ser que — (+ subj) unless

como debe ser: ¿ves como me acordé? - como debe ser! see, I did remember- I should think so too!; los presentó uno por uno, como debe ser she introduced them one by one, as you should; ¿cómo es eso? why is that?, how come? (colloq); como/cuando/donde sea: tengo que conseguir ese trabajo como sea I have to get that job no matter what; hazlo como sea, pero hazlo do it any way o however you want but get it done; puedo dormir en el sillón o donde sea I can sleep in the armchair or wherever you like o anywhere you like; como ser (CS) such as; de no ser así (frml) should this not be the case (frml); de ser así (frml) should this be so o the case (frml); de no ser por...: de no ser por él,... if it hadn't been o if it weren't for him,...; eso es! that's it!, that's right!; lo que sea: cómete una manzana, o lo que sea have an apple or something; tú pagas tus mil pesos o lo que sea... you pay your thousand pesos or whatever...; estoy dispuesta a hacer lo que sea I'm prepared to do whatever it takes o anything; no sea que or no vaya a ser que (+ subj) in case; cierra la ventana, no sea or no vaya a ser que llueva close the window in case it rains; ten cuidado, no sea or no vaya a ser que lo eches todo a perder be careful or you'll ruin everything; o sea: los empleados de más antigüedad, o sea los que llevan aquí más de... longer serving employees, that is to say those who have been here more than...; o sea que no te interesa in other words, you're not interested; o sea que nunca lo descubriste so you never found out; (ya) sea..., (ya) sea... either..., or...; (ya) sea por caridad, (ya) sea por otra razón,... whether he did it out of charity or for some other reason,...; sea como sea: hay que impedirlo, sea como sea it must be prevented now matter how o at all costs; sea cuando sea whenever it is; sea quien sea le dices que no estoy whoever it is, tell them I'm not in; si no fuera/hubiera sido por... — if it wasn't o weren't/hadn't been for...

Sentido III

12) ( en el tiempo) to be

¿qué fecha es hoy? — what's the date today?, what's today's date

¿qué día es hoy? — what day is it today?

es miércoles — it's Wednesday

serían las cuatro cuando llegó — it must have been (about) four (o'clock) when she arrived; ver tb verbo impersonal
3.
ser v impers to be

era primavera — it was spring(time)

es demasiado tarde para llamar — it's too late to phone
4.
ser v aux ( en la voz pasiva)

ser + pp — to be + pp

fue construido en 1900 — it was built in 1900
II
masculino

1)

a) ( ente) being

seres sobrenaturales — supernatural beings

b) (individuo, persona)

un ser querido — a loved one

un ser muy especial — a very special person

- ser humano/vivo

2)

a) ( naturaleza)

desde lo más profundo de mi ser — from the bottom of my heart

b) ( carácter esencial) essence

3) (Fil) being

la mujer que te dio el ser — the woman who brought you into this world

* * *
I 1.
cópula

1) ( seguido de adjetivos) to be

[ ser expresses identity or nature as opposed to condition or state, which is normally conveyed by estar. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in estar 1 cópula 1]

es bajo — he's short

es muy callada — she's very quiet

mi padre es calvo — my father's bald

es sorda de nacimiento — she was born deaf

es inglés/rubio/católico — he's English/fair/(a) Catholic

era cierto/posible — it was true/possible

sé bueno, estáte quieto — be a good boy and keep still

que seas muy feliz — I hope you'll be very happy; (+ me/te/le etc)

para serte sincero — to be honest with you, to tell you the truth

siempre le he sido fiel — I've always been faithful to her; ver tb verbo intransitivo I 5

¿éste es o se hace?/¿tú eres o te haces? — (AmL fam) is he/are you stupid or something? (colloq)

2) ( hablando de estado civil) to be

el mayor es casado/divorciado — the oldest is married/divorced

es viuda — she's a widow; ver tb estar I 3)

3) (seguido de nombre, pronombre, sintagma nominal) to be

soy peluquera/abogada — I'm a hairdresser/a lawyer

es madre de dos niños — she's a mother of two

ábreme, soy Mariano/yo — open the door, it's Mariano/it's me

el que fuera presidente — the former president

años más tarde sería mi asistente — years later she would become my assistant

por ser usted, haremos una excepción — for you o since it's you, we'll make an exception

dame cualquiera que no sea ése — give me any one except o but that one

ya no soy lo que era — I'm not what I used to be

4) (con predicado introducido por `de')

esos zapatos son de plástico — those shoes are (made of) plastic

soy de Córdoba — I'm from Cordoba

es de los vecinos — it belongs to the neighbors, it's the neighbors'

este libro no es de aquí — this book doesn't go o belong here

ésa es de las que... — she's one of those people who..., she's the sort of person who...

ser de lo que no hay — (fam) to be incredible (colloq)

5) (hipótesis, futuro)

será un error — it must be a mistake

¿será cierto? — can it be true?

pero será animal! — he must be a complete idiot
2.
ser vi

Sentido I

1)

a) ( existir) to be

b) (liter) ( en cuentos)

érase una vez... — once upon a time there was...

2)

a) (tener lugar, ocurrir)

la fiesta va a ser en su casa — the party is going to be (held) at her house

¿dónde fue el accidente? — where did the accident happen?

el asunto fue así... — it happened like this...

b) ( en preguntas)

ser de algo/alguien: ¿qué habrá sido de él? I wonder what happened to o what became of him; ¿qué es de Marisa? (fam) what's Marisa up to (these days)? (colloq); ¿qué va a ser de nosotros? — what will become of us?

3) ( sumar)

¿cuánto es (todo)? — how much is that (altogether)?

son 3.000 pesos — that'll be o that's 3,000 pesos

cuatro y cuatro son ocho — four and four are o make eight

somos diez en total — there are ten of us altogether

4) (causar, significar) to be

aquello fue su ruina — that was his downfall

5) ( resultar)

me va a ser imposible venir — I'm not going to be able to come

me fue muy difícil entenderlo — I found it very difficult to understand

6) ( consistir en) to be

lo importante es participar — the important o main thing is to take part

7) (indicando finalidad, adecuación)

ser para algo — to be for something

este agua es para beber — this water is for drinking

este traje no es para usarlo mucho — this suit is not for frequent wear

Sentido II

8) ( usado para enfatizar)

así es como queda mejor — like that it looks best

fue aquí donde lo vi — this is where I saw him, it was here that I saw him

era él el que quería — he was the one who wanted to

fueron los bancos los que se beneficiaron — it was the banks that benefited

fui yo quien or la que lo dije fui yo quien or la que lo dijo — I was the one who said it, it was me that said it

9)

es que...: ¿es que no lo saben? do you mean to say they don't know?; es que no sé nadar the thing is I can't swim; díselo, si es que te atreves — tell him, if you dare

10)

lo que es... — (fam)

lo que es yo, no pienso hablarle más — I certainly have no intention of speaking to him again

lo que es saber idiomas! — it sure is something to be able to speak languages! (AmE), what it is to be able to speak languages! (BrE)

11) (en locs)

a no ser que — (+ subj) unless

como debe ser: ¿ves como me acordé? - como debe ser! see, I did remember- I should think so too!; los presentó uno por uno, como debe ser she introduced them one by one, as you should; ¿cómo es eso? why is that?, how come? (colloq); como/cuando/donde sea: tengo que conseguir ese trabajo como sea I have to get that job no matter what; hazlo como sea, pero hazlo do it any way o however you want but get it done; puedo dormir en el sillón o donde sea I can sleep in the armchair or wherever you like o anywhere you like; como ser (CS) such as; de no ser así (frml) should this not be the case (frml); de ser así (frml) should this be so o the case (frml); de no ser por...: de no ser por él,... if it hadn't been o if it weren't for him,...; eso es! that's it!, that's right!; lo que sea: cómete una manzana, o lo que sea have an apple or something; tú pagas tus mil pesos o lo que sea... you pay your thousand pesos or whatever...; estoy dispuesta a hacer lo que sea I'm prepared to do whatever it takes o anything; no sea que or no vaya a ser que (+ subj) in case; cierra la ventana, no sea or no vaya a ser que llueva close the window in case it rains; ten cuidado, no sea or no vaya a ser que lo eches todo a perder be careful or you'll ruin everything; o sea: los empleados de más antigüedad, o sea los que llevan aquí más de... longer serving employees, that is to say those who have been here more than...; o sea que no te interesa in other words, you're not interested; o sea que nunca lo descubriste so you never found out; (ya) sea..., (ya) sea... either..., or...; (ya) sea por caridad, (ya) sea por otra razón,... whether he did it out of charity or for some other reason,...; sea como sea: hay que impedirlo, sea como sea it must be prevented now matter how o at all costs; sea cuando sea whenever it is; sea quien sea le dices que no estoy whoever it is, tell them I'm not in; si no fuera/hubiera sido por... — if it wasn't o weren't/hadn't been for...

Sentido III

12) ( en el tiempo) to be

¿qué fecha es hoy? — what's the date today?, what's today's date

¿qué día es hoy? — what day is it today?

es miércoles — it's Wednesday

serían las cuatro cuando llegó — it must have been (about) four (o'clock) when she arrived; ver tb verbo impersonal
3.
ser v impers to be

era primavera — it was spring(time)

es demasiado tarde para llamar — it's too late to phone
4.
ser v aux ( en la voz pasiva)

ser + pp — to be + pp

fue construido en 1900 — it was built in 1900
II
masculino

1)

a) ( ente) being

seres sobrenaturales — supernatural beings

b) (individuo, persona)

un ser querido — a loved one

un ser muy especial — a very special person

- ser humano/vivo

2)

a) ( naturaleza)

desde lo más profundo de mi ser — from the bottom of my heart

b) ( carácter esencial) essence

3) (Fil) being

la mujer que te dio el ser — the woman who brought you into this world

* * *

ser¹

¹ = being, creature.

Ex: A feeling of unshielded relief filled Pope's whole being.

Ex: Stories that lead to doing things are all the more attractive to children, who are active rather than passive creatures.

* abducción por seres extraterrestres = alien abduction.

* alimentación del ser humano = human nutrition.

* llegada de seres extraterrestres = alien visitation.

* nutrición del ser humano = human nutrition.

* ser consecuente con Uno mismo = be true to + Reflexivo.

* ser extraterrestre = alien creature.

* ser fiel con Uno mismo = be true to + Reflexivo.

* ser humano = human being, human, human person.

* ser inteligente = intelligent being.

* ser pensante = sentient being.

* ser superior = supreme being, higher being, superior being.

* ser supremo = supreme being.

* ser todo un éxito = hit + a home run, knock it out of + the park.

* ser vivo = living being, sentient being.

* todo ser humano = every living soul.

* tráfico de seres humanos = trafficking in human beings.

* trata de seres humanos = trafficking in human beings.

ser²

² = be, take + the form of, stand as.

Ex: Systems such as Dialog, IRS, ORBIT and BLAISE may be accessed by libraries and information units.

Ex: Hierarchical relationships may also take the form of co-ordinate relationships, in which case they may be represented by 'RT' or related term, in a similar manner to affinitive relationships below.

Ex: Meantime, our new library stand as as a confident symbol of the importance of ALL librarires to the nation's cultural, educational and economic success.

* anhelar ser = ache to be.

* a no ser que = unless.

* así es = that's how it is.

* así sea = amen.

* así son las cosas = that's they way things are.

* centrado en el ser humano = anthropocentric.

* clonación del ser humano = human cloning.

* como es el caso de = as it is with.

* cómo + ser = what + be like.

* conseguir ser el centro de atención = capture + spotlight.

* continuar siendo importante = remain + big.

* crearse el prestigio de ser = establish + a record as.

* cualquiera que fuere = any... whatsoever.

* cualquiera que fuese = any... whatsoever.

* cualquiera que sea + Nombre = whichever + Nombre.

* debilidad del ser humano = mankind's frailty.

* dejar de ser útil = outlive + Posesivo + usefulness.

* demostrar ser = prove + to be.

* de tal forma que + ser/estar = in such form as to + be.

* dicho sea de paso = by the by(e).

* dime con quién andas y te diré quién eres = you are known by the company you keep.

* dinero + ser para = money + go towards.

* el + Nombre + es inestimable = the + Nombre + cannot be overestimated.

* el ser barato = cheapness.

* el sueño de todo ser viviente = the stuff dreams are made of.

* entrar sin ser visto = sneak into.

* es = it's [it is].

* esa es la cuestión = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.

* esa es la dificultad = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.

* es decir = i.e. (latín - id est), in other words, that is, that is to say, which is to say.

* es de deducir que = it follows that.

* es de destacar que = significantly.

* es de esperar = hopefully.

* es de esperar que = all being well.

* es de resaltar que = significantly.

* es de suponer que = presumably.

* ese es el asunto = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.

* ese es el problema = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.

* es el momento adecuado = the moment is ripe, the time is ripe.

* es el momento oportuno = the moment is ripe, the time is ripe.

* es evidente = clearly.

* es importante destacar = importantly.

* es inevitable que = inevitably.

* es interesante que = interestingly.

* es lo que a mí me parece = my two cents' worth.

* es lo que yo pienso = my two cents' worth.

* es más = more important, moreover.

* es más fácil decirlo que hacerlo = easier said than done.

* es mi opinión = my two cents' worth.

* es mi parecer = my two cents' worth.

* es por lo tanto deducible que = it therefore follows that.

* es por lo tanto de esperar que = it therefore follows that.

* es por lo tanto lógico que = it therefore follows that.

* ¡esta es tu oportunidad! = here's your chance!.

* estar siendo + Participio = be in process of + Nombre.

* evitar ser afectado = escape + unaffected.

* fue durante mucho tiempo = long remained.

* haber sido aceptado = be here to stay, have come + to stay.

* haber sido comprobado exhaustivamente = be thoroughly tested.

* la razón de ser = the reason for being.

* la verdad sea dicha = to tell the truth.

* llegar a ser = become, develop into.

* llegar a ser conocido como = become + known as.

* lo que es aun peor = worse still.

* lo que es peor = what's worse.

* lo que haya que de ser, será = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.

* lo que + ser = what + be like.

* lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.

* merecer ser mencionado = deserve + mention.

* no ser aconsejable = be undesirable.

* no ser + Adjetivo + Infinitivo = be less than + Adjetivo + Infinitivo.

* no ser así ya = be no longer the case.

* no ser bien visto = be in the doghouse.

* no ser cobarde = be no chicken.

* no ser consciente de = remain + unaware of.

* no ser deseable = be undesirable.

* no + ser + de sorprender que = it + be + not surprising that.

* no ser fácil = be no picnic, not be easy.

* no ser gran cosa = not add up to much, add up to + nothing.

* no ser lo suficientemente bueno = not be good enough.

* no ser más que = be nothing more than, be nothing but.

* no ser nada = add up to + nothing.

* no ser nada fácil = be hard-pushed to.

* no ser ningún jovencito = be no chicken.

* no ser ni una cosa ni otra = fall between + two stools.

* no ser sino = be nothing but.

* no ser una gran pérdida = be no great loss.

* no ser un lecho de rosas = be not all roses.

* no ser verdad = be untrue.

* no somos todos iguales = one size doesn't fit all.

* no tener razón de ser + Infinitivo = there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.

* para ser específico = to be specific.

* para ser franco = in all honesty.

* para ser sincero = to be honest, in all honesty.

* pasar a ser = become, develop into.

* por ser + Adjetivo = as being + Adjetivo.

* por si fuera poco = to boot, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.

* posible de ser consultado por máquina = machine-viewable.

* posible de ser visto en pantalla = displayable.

* primer puesto + ser para = pride of place + go to.

* puede muy bien ser = could well be.

* puede muy bien ser que = it may well be that.

* que fue = one-time.

* que fue común antes = once-common.

* que ha sido abordado con preguntas = accost.

* que puede ser apilado = stacking.

* razón de ser = point, raison d'etre, rationale, sense of purpose.

* ser reconocido = gain + recognition.

* resultar ser = prove + to be, turn out to be, happen + to be.

* sea como sea = be that as it may, at all costs, at any cost, at any price, come hell or high water.

* sea cual fuere = any... whatsoever, any... whatsoever.

* sea cual fuese = any... whatsoever, any... whatsoever.

* sea cual sea el criterio utilizado = by any standard(s).

* sea lo que sea = whatever it is, be that as it may, call it what you want.

* seamos realistas = face it, let's face it.

* sean cuales sean = whatever they may be.

* sentido del ser humano = human sense.

* ser accesible a través de = be available through.

* ser aceptado = take + hold, gain + acceptance, take off.

* ser acertado = be spot on.

* ser aconsejable = be welcome, be better served by, be in order.

* ser acorde con = be commensurate with.

* ser acuciante = be acute.

* ser acusado de delito criminal = face + criminal charge.

* ser adecuado = be right, stand up, fit + the bill.

* ser + Adjetivo = get + Adjetivo.

* ser + Adjetivo + para = have + a + Adjetivo + effect on.

* ser afectado por = have + a high stake in.

* ser aficionado a = be fond of.

* ser afortunado = be lucky, strike + lucky.

* ser agradable de oír = be good to hear.

* ser agradable + Verbo = be neat to + Verbo.

* ser algo bien conocido que = it + be + a (well)-known fact that.

* ser algo bueno = be a good thing.

* ser algo completamente distinto = be nothing of the sort.

* ser algo común = be a fact of life, dominate + the scene, be a common occurrence, become + a common feature, be a part of life.

* ser Algo demasiado difícil para = be in over + Posesivo + head, be out of + Posesivo + depth.

* ser algo excepcional = be the exception rather than the rule, be in a league of its own.

* ser algo fácil = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a picnic, be duck soup.

* ser algo facilísimo = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a picnic, be duck soup.

* ser algo habitual = become + a common feature, be a fact of life.

* ser Algo imponente = loom + large.

* ser algo inevitable = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* ser algo más profundo que = go + deeper than.

* ser algo más serio que = go + deeper than.

* ser algo (muy) bien sabido que = it + be + a (well)-known fact that.

* ser algo muy claro = be a dead giveaway.

* ser algo muy fácil de conseguir = be there for the taking.

* ser Algo muy importante = loom + large.

* ser algo muy obvio = be a dead giveaway.

* ser algo muy poco frecuente = be a rare occurrence.

* ser algo muy raro = be a rare occurrence.

* ser algo muy revelador = be a giveaway.

* ser algo natural para = be second nature to + Pronombre, come + naturally to.

* ser algo normal = be a fact of life, become + a common feature, be a part of life.

* ser algo permanente = be here to stay.

* ser algo poco común = be the exception rather than the rule.

* ser algo poco conocido que = it + be + a little known fact that.

* ser algo poco frecuente = be a rare occurrence.

* ser algo poco sabido que = it + be + a little known fact that.

* ser algo por lo que = be a matter for/of.

* ser algo por ver = be an open question.

* ser algo que no ocurre con frecuencia = be a rare occurrence.

* ser algo seguro = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a picnic, be duck soup.

* ser algo útil para = be something in the hand for.

* ser amado = loved-one.

* ser amigo de = be buddies with.

* ser analizado como una frase = be phrase parsed.

* ser apreciado = receive + appreciation.

* ser apropiado = be right.

* ser aproximadamente + Número = be around + Número, be about + Número.

* ser arrestado = be under arrest.

* ser asequible = be available, become + available.

* ser asequible a = be amenable to.

* ser así = be the case (with), be just like that.

* ser atacado = be under attack, come under + fire, be under assault.

* ser atractivo = look + attractive, be popular in appeal.

* ser atrevido = make + a bold statement.

* ser atribuible a = be attributable to.

* ser aun más = be all the more.

* ser autosuficiente = stand on + Posesivo + own, self-serve.

* ser autosuficiente económicamente = pay + Posesivo + own way.

* ser avaricioso = have + Posesivo + cake and eat it.

* ser bienvenido = be most welcome, make + welcome, be welcome.

* ser bonito + Verbo = be neat to + Verbo.

* ser buenísimo + Gerundio = be terrific at + Gerundio.

* ser bueno = make + good + Nombre.

* ser bueno en = be good at.

* ser bueno para Alguien = be to + Posesivo + advantage.

* ser cada vez más importante = increase in + importance.

* ser capaz de = be capable of.

* ser capaz de hacer cualquier cosa por = go to + any lengths to, go to + great lengths to.

* ser característico de = be emblematic of.

* ser carísimo = cost + be prohibitive.

* ser caro = be steep.

* ser casi seguro = be a good bet.

* ser chiquito pero matón = punch above + Posesivo + weight.

* ser chulo = be cool.

* ser clavado a = be a dead ringer for.

* ser cliente de una tienda = patronise + shop.

* ser coherente = cohere.

* ser como el día y la noche = different as night and day.

* ser como hablar con la pared = be like talking to a brick wall.

* ser como mínimo = be no less than.

* ser como una esfera = wrap around.

* ser como un círculo = wrap around.

* ser como un libro abierto = be an open book.

* ser complementario el uno del otro = be integral one to another.

* ser complementarios = be integral one to another.

* ser completamente diferente = be in a different league.

* ser completo = be all inclusive.

* ser común = be the case (with).

* ser condenado a prisión = receive + prison sentence.

* ser confuso = be deceiving.

* ser conocido por = famously, have + a track record of.

* ser conocido por todos = be out in the open.

* ser consciente = sentient being.

* ser consciente de = be alive to, be aware of, be cognisant of, be mindful of/that, become + cognisant of, be aware of, realise [realize, -USA].

* ser consciente de + Posesivo + valía = be alive to + Posesivo + worth.

* ser consciente + desafortunadamente = be painfully aware of.

* ser contradictorio de = run + contrary to.

* ser contraproducente = defeat + Posesivo + purpose, blowback.

* ser contrario a = be contrary to, be hostile to.

* ser conveniente + Infinitivo = be as well + Infinitivo, be well + Infinitivo.

* ser correcto = be all right, be correct, be right.

* ser cortés con = be civil towards.

* ser costumbre = be customary.

* ser creativo = be inventive.

* ser creíble = invoke + belief.

* ser criticado = be subjected to + criticism, be (the) subject of/to criticism, take + heat, come under + fire.

* ser crucial (para) = be central (to).

* ser cuestión de = come down to.

* ser culpable = be to blame.

* ser culpable (por/de) = be at fault (for/to).

* ser dado a = be amenable to, be apt to, be given to.

* ser de = be a native of.

* ser de alto nivel = be at a high level.

* ser de armas tomar = be a (real) handful.

* ser de ayuda = be of assistance.

* ser debatible = be a moot point, be open to question, be open to debate, be at issue.

* ser de calidad = be up to snuff, be up to scratch.

* ser decisión de + Nombre = be down to + Nombre.

* ser de contenido + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in content.

* ser de crecimiento rápido = be a quick grower.

* ser de difícil acceso = tuck away.

* ser de dominio público = be public domain.

* ser deficiente = be wanting.

* ser definitivo = be final.

* ser de gran ayuda para = be a boon to.

* ser de gran beneficio para = be of great benefit to.

* ser de importancia primordial = be of key importance.

* ser de importancia vital = lie at + the heart of.

* ser de interés para = be of interest (to/for).

* ser dejado en la obligación de Uno = be derelict in + duty.

* ser de la izquierda = be of the left.

* ser de la noche = night creature.

* ser de la opinión de que = be of the opinion that, be of the view that.

* ser del gusto de Uno = be to + Posesivo + taste.

* ser del orden de + Número = be of the order of + Número.

* ser de los que piensan que = subscribe to + view.

* ser demasiado = be over-provided, be a mouthful.

* ser demasiado + Adjetivo = be too + Adjetivo + by half.

* ser demasiado complaciente = lean over + too far backwards.

* ser demasiado común = be all too common.

* ser demasiado para = be too much for, be too much for.

* ser demasiado precavido = err + on the side of caution.

* ser demasiado preciso = put + too fine a point on, split + hairs.

* ser demasiado quisquilloso = put + too fine a point on, split + hairs.

* ser demasiado tarde para echar atrás = reach + the point of no return.

* ser de mucho uso = take + Nombre + a long way.

* ser de número limitado = be limited in number.

* ser de origen + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in origin.

* ser de poco valor = be of little use, be of little value.

* ser de primera categoría = be top notch.

* ser de raza negra o de piel morena = be coloured.

* ser de sabios = be a point of wisdom.

* ser desacertado = miss + the mark, miss + the point.

* ser desastroso = spell + bad news, be a shambles, be (in) a mess.

* ser desconocido para = be alien to.

* ser descorazonador = be dispiriting.

* ser desoído = be unheeded.

* ser despiadado = play + hardball.

* ser detenido = be under arrest.

* ser de un solo uso = be a one-trip pony.

* ser de un tipo diferente = be different in kind, differ in + kind (from).

* ser de un valor especial = be of particular value.

* ser de uso general = be in general use, be generally available.

* ser de utilidad = be of use.

* ser de utilidad a = be of service to.

* ser diestro en = be skilled at.

* ser difícil = be a stretch.

* ser difícil de bregar = be a (real) handful.

* ser difícil de conseguir = be hard to get.

* ser difícil de creer = beggar + belief.

* ser difícil de encontrar = be hard to find.

* ser difícil de lograr = be hard to get.

* ser difícil de superar = take + some beating.

* ser digno de = merit.

* ser digno de admiración = deserve + admiration.

* ser digno de crítica = merit + a critical eye.

* ser digno de + Infinitivo = be worth + Gerundio.

* ser diplomático = say + the right thing.

* ser discutible = be open to question, be open to debate, be at issue.

* ser dogmático = be dogmatic.

* ser dos mundos completamente distintos = be poles apart.

* ser dudoso = be doubtful.

* ser duro = play + hardball.

* ser eficaz para + Infinitivo = be efficient at + Gerundio.

* ser el acabóse = take + the biscuit, take + the cake, be the limit.

* ser el alma de = be the life of, be the life and soul of.

* ser el asunto = be the point.

* ser el beneficiario de = be on the receiving end of.

* ser el blanco de = be a pushover for.

* ser el blanco de las críticas = come under + fire.

* ser el canalizador de = be the conduit for.

* ser el capitán = skipper, captain.

* ser el caso (de) = be the case (with).

* ser el centro de atención = steal + the limelight, steal + the show, cut + a dash.

* ser el centro de todas las miradas = cut + a dash.

* ser el colmo = be the last straw, bring + the situation to a head, take + the biscuit, take + the cake, be the limit.

* ser el contrincante más débil = punch above + Posesivo + weight.

* ser el culo del mundo = be the pits.

* ser elegido = get in.

* ser elevado = be steep.

* ser el éxito de la fiesta = steal + the limelight, steal + the show.

* ser el fin de = sign + a death warrant (for).

* ser el jefe = be in charge, call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* ser el límite = be the limit.

* ser el mandamás = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* ser el más afectado por = bear + the brunt of.

* ser el máximo = be the limit.

* ser el momento clave = mark + the watershed.

* ser el momento (de) = be the time to.

* ser el momento decisivo = mark + the watershed.

* ser el momento de/para = it + be + time to/for.

* ser el objetivo de Uno = be in business for.

* ser el orgullo de = be the pride and joy of.

* ser el origen de = provide + the material for.

* ser el paraje natural de = be home to.

* ser el preludio = usher in.

* ser el primero = be second to none, come out on + top.

* ser el primero en = lead + the way in.

* ser el primero en + Infinitivo = take + the lead in + Gerundio.

* ser el punto de partida de = form + the basis of.

* ser el punto más débil de Alguien = be at + Posesivo + weakest.

* ser el punto más flaco de Alguien = be at + Posesivo + weakest.

* ser el que con mayor frecuencia = be (the) most likely to.

* ser el que con menor frecuencia = be (the) least likely to.

* ser el resultado de = follow from, result from.

* ser el segundo de a bordo = play + second fiddle.

* ser el último grito = be all the rage.

* ser el último mono ser el último mono = feel + pulled and tugged.

* ser emblemático de = be emblematic of.

* ser en balde = be of no avail, be to no avail.

* ser en cierto modo un + Nombre = be something of a + Nombre.

* ser en vano = be of no avail, be to no avail.

* ser enviado a = have + the lead to.

* ser equiparable a = be commensurate with.

* ser erróneo = be wide of the mark, be wrong.

* ser escaso = be few and far between, be in short supply.

* ser esclavo de = be slave to.

* ser estupendo = sound + great, be fine and dandy.

* ser estúpido = be off + Posesivo + rocker.

* ser exigente al elegir = pick and choose.

* ser exigente al escoger = pick and choose.

* ser experto en = be skilled at.

* ser expulsado de = be dropped from.

* ser extraño para = be alien to.

* ser extremadamente + Adjetivo = be too + Adjetivo + by half.

* ser fácil = be easy.

* ser fácil de conseguir = be readily available.

* ser facilísimo = be a snap, be a piece of cake.

* ser factible de = be amenable to.

* ser familiar = strike + familiar chords, ring + a bell.

* ser famoso = gain + recognition, be popular.

* ser famoso por = famously, have + a track record of.

* ser favorable = be a plus.

* ser ficticio = be fiction.

* ser fiel a = cleave to.

* ser fructífero = come to + fruition.

* ser goloso = have + a sweet tooth.

* ser grosero con = be abusive of.

* ser hábil para = be adroit at.

* ser habitual = be customary.

* ser harina de otro costal = be a different kettle of fish.

* ser hipertenso = be hyper.

* ser hora de = it + be + time to/for.

* ser hora de definirse = time to climb off the fence.

* ser hora de irse = be time to go.

* ser hora de marcharse = be time to go.

* ser hora ya de que = be about time (that), be high time (that/to/for).

* ser humilde = hide + Posesivo + light under a bushel.

* sería mejor que + Subjuntivo = better + Infinitivo.

* ser ideal = suit + best, be just the thing, be just the ticket, be just the job.

* ser ideal para Uno = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley, be + Posesivo + cup of tea.

* ser idóneo para = be suited to.

* ser ignorado = be unheeded.

* ser igual a = be equivalent to, equal.

* ser igual que = amount to + the same thing as.

* ser ilegal = be against the law.

* ser ilimitado = be boundless.

* ser implacable = play + hardball.

* ser imponente = be awe-inspiring.

* ser importante = be of importance, make + a difference, be of consequence.

* ser importantísimo = make + all the difference in the world, make + difference in the world.

* ser importantísimo (para) = be central (to).

* ser imposible = be dead meat.

* ser imprescindible = be a must.

* ser improcedente = be out of order.

* ser imprudente = be reckless.

* ser inalterable = set in + stone, set in + tablets of stone.

* ser incapaz de = be unable to.

* ser incoherente = Negativo + hold + water.

* ser incompatible (con) = be irreconcilable (with).

* ser inconsistente = Negativo + hold + water.

* ser increíble = beggar + belief.

* ser independiente = go + Posesivo + own way, stew in + Posesivo + own juice, stand on + Posesivo + own (two) feet.

* ser indescriptible = beggar + description.

* ser indispensable = be a must.

* ser ineficaz = fire + blanks.

* ser infundado = be unfounded.

* ser inherente a = inhere in.

* ser inimaginable = beggar + imagination.

* ser inminente = be on the cards.

* ser inmune a = be immune from, be immune against.

* ser innovador = break + new ground, break + ground.

* ser innumerable = be without number, be legion.

* ser innumerables = run into + the thousands.

* ser insignificante = pale into + insignificance, stick + Algo + on a pin-point, be of no consequence.

* ser insignificante de = be slight in.

* ser inteligente = be talented.

* ser interesante = be of interest (to/for).

* ser interesante + Infinitivo = be as well + Infinitivo, be well + Infinitivo.

* ser interesante + Verbo = be neat to + Verbo.

* ser interminable = there + be + no end to.

* ser intransigente = play + hardball.

* ser inútil = fire + blanks.

* ser irrespetuoso con = disrespect, diss.

* ser justo = play + fair.

* ser justo con todos = give the devil his due.

* ser justo hasta con el diablo = give the devil his due.

* ser justo lo que se necesita = be just the thing, be just the ticket, be just the job.

* ser justo lo que Uno necesita = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley.

* ser justo que = there + be + justice in.

* ser juzgado = stand + trial, stand for + trial.

* ser la abreviatura de = be short for.

* ser la base de = be at the core of, form + the basis of, be at the heart of.

* ser la ciudad de = be home to.

* ser la clave de = hold + the key to.

* ser la comidilla del barrio = be the talk of the town.

* ser la comidilla del pueblo = be the talk of the town.

* ser la consecuencia de = follow from, result from.

* ser la costumbre = be customary.

* ser la cuestión = be the point.

* ser la culminación de Algo = represent + the culmination of, mark + the culmination of.

* ser la culpa de = be the fault of.

* ser la debilidad de Alguien = be a sucker for.

* ser la elección lógica = be a/the natural choice.

* ser la elección natural = be a/the natural choice.

* ser la excepción = be the exception.

* ser la excepción a la regla = constitute + the exception to the rule.

* ser la excepción que confirma la regla = be the exception rather than the rule.

* ser la forma abreviada de = be short for.

* ser la forma de = be a recipe for.

* ser la fórmula para = be a recipe for.

* ser la gota que colma el vaso = bring + the situation to a head.

* ser la idea central de = be at the core of, be at the heart of.

* ser la imagen de = be a picture of.

* ser la intención = be the intention.

* ser la intención de uno = be + Posesivo + intention.

* ser la manera de = be a recipe for.

* ser la materia prima de = be grist to + Posesivo + mill.

* ser la mayoría = be in the majority.

* ser la mejor alternativa = be the best bet.

* ser la mejor manera de = be the conduit for.

* ser lamentable = be a pity.

* ser la minoría = be in the minority.

* ser la norma = be the norm, be the rule, become + the norm.

* ser la novedad = be on the scene.

* ser la obra de = be the work of.

* ser la persona ideal para = be the best placed to.

* ser la persona más indicada para = be in a position to.

* ser la propia responsabilidad de Alguien = be of + Posesivo + own making.

* ser la prueba de fuego de Algo = test + Nombre + to the limit.

* ser la punta de lanza de = spearhead.

* ser la razón de = lie at + the root of.

* ser la representación misma de = be a picture of.

* ser la responsabilidad de = be the responsibility of.

* ser la responsabilidad de Alguien + Infinitivo = it + lie with + Nombre/Pronombre + to + Infinitivo.

* ser la última palabra = be all the rage.

* ser la última persona del mundo que + Infinitivo = be one of the last people in the world to + Infinitivo.

* ser lector de una biblioteca = library membership.

* ser lento = be slow off the mark, be slow off the blocks.

* ser líder en = take + the lead in + Gerundio.

* ser lo de Uno = be cut out for, be (right) up + Posesivo + alley.

* ser lo más parecido a = be as close as we come to.

* ser lo mismo = be one and the same.

* ser lo normal = be the order of the day.

* ser lo principal de = be at the core of, be at the heart of.

* ser lo que a Uno le encanta = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley.

* ser lo que a Uno le gusta = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley, be + Posesivo + cup of tea.

* ser lo que a Uno le interesa = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley, be + Posesivo + cup of tea.

* ser lo que a Uno le va = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley.

* ser lo que a Uno más le gusta = be + Posesivo + big scene.

* ser lo que nos espera = be the shape of things to come.

* ser lo suficientemente + Adjetivo + como para = be + Adjetivo + enough to.

* ser lo suficientemente comprensivo = go + far enough.

* ser lo suficientemente conocido como para que = be sufficiently well known for.

* serlo todo para todos = be all things to all men, be all things to all people.

* ser lo último = be all the rage, be the pits.

* ser lo último en = become + the next stop in.

* ser lo último en lo que + pensar = be the last thing of + Posesivo + mind.

* ser lo último que + ocurrir + a Alguien = be the last thing of + Posesivo + mind.

* ser magnífico + Gerundio = be terrific at + Gerundio.

* ser malo = be a joke, spell + bad news, make + poor + Nombre.

* ser maravilloso = sound + great.

* ser más astuto que = outfox, outwit, outsmart.

* ser más interno = inner being.

* ser más un + Nombre = be more of a + Nombre.

* ser mayor = be older.

* ser mejor en = be better at.

* ser mejor que = be superior to, compare + favourably.

* ser mejor que + Subjuntivo = better + Infinitivo.

* ser menor = be less.

* ser menos + Adjetivo = be less of a(n) + Nombre.

* ser mínimo = be at a minimum.

* ser mirado de forma extraña = get + some funny looks.

* ser modesto = hide + Posesivo + light under a bushel.

* ser molesto = be disturbing.

* ser moroso = be in default.

* ser motivador = be motivating.

* ser motivo de preocupación = loom + large.

* ser mucho = be a mouthful.

* ser mucho más = be all the more.

* ser mucho más que = be far more than.

* ser muy aconsejable que = be well advised to.

* ser muy alto = be metres high.

* ser muy amigo de = be pally with.

* ser muy antiguo = go ba

* * *

SER

/ser/

feminine

= Sociedad Española de Radiodifusión

* * *

ser ( conjugate ser) cópula
1 ( seguido de adjetivos) to be
◊ ser expresses identity or nature as opposed to condition or state, which is normally conveyed by estar. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in estar 1 cópula 1 es bajo/muy callado he's short/very quiet;

es sorda de nacimiento she was born deaf;
es inglés/católico he's English/(a) Catholic;
era cierto it was true;
sé bueno, estate quieto be a good boy and keep still;
que seas muy feliz I hope you'll be very happy;

(+ me/te/le etc)
◊ siempre le he sido fiel I've always been faithful to her;

ver tb imposible, difícil etc
2 ( hablando de estado civil) to be;
◊ el mayor es casado the oldest is married;

es viuda she's a widow;
ver tb estar 1 cópula 2
3 (seguido de nombre, pronombre) to be;
◊ soy abogada I'm a lawyer;

ábreme, soy yo open the door, it's me
4 (con predicado introducido por `de'):
◊ esos zapatos son de plástico those shoes are (made of) plastic;

soy de Córdoba I'm from Cordoba;
es de los vecinos it belongs to the neighbors, it's the neighbors';
no soy de aquí I'm not from around here
5 (hipótesis, futuro):
◊ será un error it must be a mistake;

¿será cierto? can it be true?
verbo intransitivo
1
a) ( existir) to be

b) (liter) ( en cuentos):

◊ érase una vez … once upon a time there was …

2
a) (tener lugar, ocurrir):

◊ la fiesta va a ser en su casa the party is going to be (held) at her house;

¿dónde fue el accidente? where did the accident happen?
b) ( en preguntas):

◊ ¿qué habrá sido de él? I wonder what happened to o what became of him;

¿qué es de Marisa? (fam) what's Marisa up to (these days)? (colloq);
¿qué va a ser de nosotros? what will become of us?
3 ( sumar):
◊ ¿cuánto es (todo)? how much is that (altogether)?;

son 3.000 pesos that'll be o that's 3,000 pesos;
somos diez en total there are ten of us altogether
4 (indicando finalidad, adecuación) ser para algo to be for sth;
◊ este agua es para beber this water is for drinking

( en locs)
◊ a no ser que (+ subj) unless;

¿cómo es eso? why is that?, how come? (colloq);
como/cuando/donde sea: tengo que conseguir ese trabajo como sea I have to get that job no matter what;
hazlo como sea, pero hazlo do it any way o however you want but get it done;
el lunes o cuando sea next Monday or whenever;
puedo dormir en el sillón o donde sea I can sleep in the armchair or wherever you like o anywhere you like;
de ser así (frml) should this be so o the case (frml);
¡eso es! that's it!, that's right!;
es que …: ¿es que no lo saben? do you mean to say they don't know?;
es que no sé nadar the thing is I can't swim;
lo que sea: cómete una manzana, o lo que sea have an apple or something;
estoy dispuesta a hacer lo que sea I'm prepared to do whatever it takes;
o sea: en febrero, o sea hace un mes in February, that is to say a month ago;
o sea que no te interesa in other words, you're not interested;
o sea que nunca lo descubriste so you never found out;
(ya) sea …, (ya) sea … either …, or …;
sea como sea at all costs;
sea cuando sea whenever it is;
sea donde sea no matter where;
sea quien sea whoever it is;
si no fuera/hubiera sido por … if it wasn't o weren't/hadn't been for …
( en el tiempo) to be;
◊ ¿qué fecha es hoy? what's the date today?, what's today's date;

serían las cuatro cuando llegó it must have been (about) four (o'clock) when she arrived;
ver tb v impers
ser v impers to be;
◊ era primavera it was spring(time)

ser v aux ( en la voz pasiva) to be;
fue construido en 1900 it was built in 1900
■ sustantivo masculino
1
a) ( ente) being;

◊ ser humano/vivo human/living being

b) (individuo, persona):

◊ un ser querido a loved one

2 ( naturaleza):
◊ desde lo más profundo de mi ser from the bottom of my heart

ser
I sustantivo masculino
1 being: es un ser despreciable, he's despicable
ser humano, human being
ser vivo, living being
2 (esencia) essence: eso forma parte de su ser, that is part of him
II verbo intransitivo
1 (cualidad) to be: eres muy modesto, you are very modest
2 (fecha) to be: hoy es lunes, today is Monday
ya es la una, it's one o'clock
3 (cantidad) eran unos cincuenta, there were about fifty people
(al pagar) ¿cuánto es?, how much is it?
son doscientas, it is two hundred pesetas
Mat dos y tres son cinco, two and three make five
4 (causa) aquella mujer fue su ruina, that woman was his ruin
5 (oficio) to be a(n): Elvira es enfermera, Elvira is a nurse
6 (pertenencia) esto es mío, that's mine
es de Pedro, it is Pedro's
7 (afiliación) to belong: es del partido, he's a member of the party
es un chico del curso superior, he is a boy from the higher year
8 (origen) es de Málaga, she is from Málaga
¿de dónde es esta fruta? where does this fruit come from?
9 (composición, material) to be made of: este jersey no es de lana, this sweater is not (made of) wool
10 ser de, (afinidad, comparación) lo que hizo fue de tontos, what she did was a foolish thing
11 (existir) Madrid ya no es lo que era, Madrid isn't what it used to be
12 (suceder) ¿qué fue de ella?, what became of her?
13 (tener lugar) to be: esta tarde es el entierro, the funeral is this evening 14 ser para, (finalidad) to be for: es para pelar patatas, it's for peeling potatoes
(adecuación, aptitud) no es una película para niños, the film is not suitable for children
esta vida no es para ti, this kind of life is not for you
15 (efecto) era para llorar, it was painful
es (como) para darle una bofetada, it makes me want to slap his face
no es para tomárselo a broma, it is no joke
16 (auxiliar en pasiva) to be: fuimos rescatados por la patrulla de la Cruz Roja, we were rescued by the Red Cross patrol
17 ser de (+ infinitivo) era de esperar que se marchase, it was to be expected that she would leave
♦ Locuciones: a no ser que, unless
como sea, anyhow
de no ser por..., had it not been for
es más, furthermore
es que..., it's just that...
lo que sea, whatever
o sea, that is (to say)
sea como sea, in any case o be that as it may
ser de lo que no hay, to be the limit
' ser' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- acceder
- además
- aficionada
- aficionado
- alardear
- alcanzar
- alimentar
- alta
- alto
- ambicionar
- antigüedad
- aparición
- arma
- atinar
- atorarse
- aúpa
- babear
- básica
- básico
- bendición
- caber
- cacho
- cada
- cafetera
- cafetero
- calco
- callo
- canela
- cansada
- cansado
- cantar
- capaz
- capirote
- carácter
- cardo
- carne
- carné
- caso
- cero
- colarse
- comida
- comidilla
- comido
- conmigo
- conquistador
- conquistadora
- contagiarse
- contemplar
- contienda
English:
accountable
- addicted
- adjust
- allow
- allowance
- ambition
- amount to
- anathema
- anomaly
- arduous
- around
- aspire
- aware
- bad
- be
- beating
- being
- belong
- betray
- big
- bill
- bind over
- bird
- booby trap
- boring
- bounce
- can
- carry
- catch up
- cerebral
- ceremonial
- ceremony
- charm
- chip
- claim
- come into
- come under
- connoisseur
- court
- degree
- deserve
- destroy
- differ
- do
- dodger
- doubly
- due
- ear
- easy
- edit

* * *

ser The auxiliary verb ser is used with the past participle of a verb to form the passive (e.g. la película fue criticada the movie was criticized).

♦ v aux
[para formar la voz pasiva] to be;
fue visto por un testigo he was seen by a witness;

la propuesta es debatida o [m5] está siendo debatida en el parlamento the proposal is being debated in parliament

♦ v copulativo

1. [con adjetivos, sustantivos, pronombres] [indica cualidad, identidad, condición] to be;

es alto/gracioso he's tall/funny;

soy chileno/chiapaneco I'm Chilean/from Chiapas;

es azul/difícil it's blue/difficult;

sé discreta/paciente be discreet/patient;

es un amigo/el dueño he's a friend/the owner;

son unos amigos míos they're friends of mine;

es el cartero/tu madre it's the postman o US mailman/your mother;

soy yo, ábreme open up, it's me;

soy Víctor [al teléfono] it's Víctor;

la casa es aquella de ahí the house is that one over there;

es un tipo muy simpático he's a very nice guy;

¿es eso verdad? is that true?;

eso no es cierto that isn't true;

es obvio que le gustas it's obvious that he likes you;

no es necesario ir it isn't necessary to go;

es posible que llueva it may rain;

no está mal para ser de segunda mano it's not bad considering it's second-hand;

no pierde sus derechos por ser inmigrante just because he's an immigrant doesn't mean he doesn't have any rights;

te lo dejo en la mitad por ser tú seeing as o because it's you, I'll let you have it half-price;

por ser usted, señora, 15 euros to you, madam, 15 euros;

que seas muy feliz I wish you every happiness, I hope you'll be very happy;

¡será imbécil el tipo! the guy must be stupid!;

este restaurante ya no es lo que era this restaurant isn't as good as it used to be o isn't what it used to be;
RP Fam
ser loco por algo to be wild about sth

2. [con sustantivos, adjetivos] [indica empleo, dedicación, estado civil, religión] to be;

soy abogado/actriz I'm a lawyer/an actress;

son estudiantes they're students;

para ser juez hay que trabajar mucho you have to work very hard to be o become a judge;

es padre de tres hijos he's a father of three;

es soltero/casado/divorciado he's single/married/divorced;

era viuda she was a widow;

son budistas/protestantes they are Buddhists/Protestants;

el que fuera gobernador del estado the former governor of the state;

Comp
Am Fam
¿tú eres o te haces? are you stupid or what?;

Comp
RP Fam
¿vos sos o te hacés? are you stupid or what?

3. [con "de"] [indica material, origen, propiedad]
ser de [estar hecho de] to be made of;
[provenir de] to be from; [pertenecer a] to belong to;
un juguete que es todo de madera a completely wooden toy, a toy made completely of wood;

¿de dónde eres? where are you from?;

estas pilas son de una linterna these batteries are from a torch;

¿es de usted este abrigo? is this coat yours?, does this coat belong to you?;

los juguetes son de mi hijo the toys are my son's;

portarse así es de cobardes only cowards behave like that, it's cowardly to behave like that

4. [con "de"] [indica pertenencia a grupo]
ser de [club, asociación, partido] to be a member of;

¿de qué equipo eres? [aficionado] which team o who do you support?;

soy del Barcelona I support Barcelona;

ser de los que… to be one of those people who…;

ése es de los que están en huelga he is one of those on strike;

no es de las que se asustan por cualquier cosa she's not one to get scared easily

♦ vi

1. [ocurrir, tener lugar] to be;

fue aquí it was here;

¿cuándo es la boda? when's the wedding?;

la final era ayer the final was yesterday;

¿cómo fue lo de tu accidente? how did your accident happen?;

¿qué fue de aquel amigo tuyo? what happened to that friend of yours?;

¿qué es de Pablo? how's Pablo (getting on)?

2. [constituir, consistir en] to be;

fue un acierto que nos quedáramos en casa we were right to stay at home;

lo importante es decidirse the important thing is to reach a decision;

su ambición era dar la vuelta al mundo her ambition was to travel round the world;

tratar así de mal a la gente es buscarse problemas treating people so badly is asking for trouble

3. [con fechas, horas] to be;

¿qué (día) es hoy? what day is it today?, what's today?;

hoy es jueves today's Thursday, it's Thursday today;

¿qué (fecha) es hoy? what's the date today?, what date is it today?;

mañana será 15 de julio tomorrow (it) will be 15 July;

¿qué hora es? what time is it?, what's the time?;

son las tres (de la tarde) it's three o'clock (in the afternoon), it's three (pm);

serán o [m5] deben de ser las tres it must be three (o'clock)

4. [con precios] to be;

¿cuánto es? how much is it?;

son 300 pesos that'll be 300 pesos;

¿a cómo son esos tomates? how much are those tomatoes?

5. [con cifras, en operaciones] to be;

ellos eran unos 500 there were about 500 of them;

11 por 100 son 1.100 11 times 100 is 1,100

6. [servir, ser adecuado]
ser para to be for;

este trapo es para (limpiar) las ventanas this cloth is for (cleaning) the windows;

este libro es para niños this book is for children;

la ciudad no es para mí the city isn't for me

7. [con "de" más infinitivo] [indica necesidad, posibilidad]
es de desear que… it is to be hoped that…;

era de esperar que pasara algo así it was to be expected that something like that would happen;

es de suponer que aparecerá presumably, he'll turn up;

es de temer cuando se enoja she's really scary when she gets angry

8. [para recalcar, poner énfasis]
ése es el que me lo contó he's the one who told me;

lo que es a mí, no me llamaron they certainly didn't call me, they didn't call me, anyway;

¿es que ya no te acuerdas? don't you remember any more, then?, you mean you don't remember any more?

9. [indica excusa, motivo]
es que no me hacen caso but o the thing is they don't listen to me;

es que no vine porque estaba enfermo the reason I didn't come is that I was ill, I didn't come because I was ill, you see;

¿cómo es que no te han avisado? how come they didn't tell you?

10. Literario [existir]
Platón, uno de los grandes sabios que en el mundo han sido Plato, one of the wisest men ever to walk this earth

11. [en frases]
a no ser que venga unless she comes;

tengo que conseguirlo (sea) como sea I have to get it one way or another;

hay que evitar (sea) como sea que se entere we have to prevent her from finding out at all costs o no matter what;

hazlo cuando sea do it whenever;

de no ser/haber sido por… if it weren't/hadn't been for…;

de no ser por él no estaríamos vivos if it weren't for him, we wouldn't be alive;

de no ser así otherwise;

de ser así if that should happen;

déjalo donde sea leave it anywhere o wherever;

érase una vez, érase que se era once upon a time;

dile lo que sea, da igual tell her anything o whatever, it doesn't make any difference;

haré lo que sea para recuperar mi dinero I will do whatever it takes o anything to get my money back;

se enfadó, y no era para menos she got angry, and not without reason;

no sea que…, no vaya a ser que… in case…;

la llamaré ahora no sea que luego me olvide I'll call her now in case I forget later;

Estados Unidos y Japón, o sea, las dos economías mundiales más importantes the United States and Japan, that is to say o in other words, the two most important economies in the world;

50 euros, o sea unas 8.300 pesetas 50 euros, that's about 8,300 pesetas;

o sea que no quieres venir so you don't want to come then?;

por si fuera poco as if that wasn't enough;

habla con quien sea talk to anyone;

sea quien sea no abras la puerta don't open the door, whoever it is;

si no fuera/hubiera sido por… if it weren't/hadn't been for…;
Am
siendo que… seeing that o as…, given that…;
Am
siendo que tienes la plata, cómprate el vestido más caro seeing as o since you've got the money, buy yourself the more expensive dress

♦ v impersonal
[indica tiempo] to be;
es muy tarde it's rather late;

era de noche/de día it was night/day

♦ nm

1. [ente] being;

seres de otro planeta beings from another planet

Comp
ser humano human being;
Ser Supremo Supreme Being;

los seres vivos living things

2. [persona] person;

sus seres queridos his loved ones

3. [existencia]
mis padres me dieron el ser my parents gave me my life

4. [esencia, naturaleza] being;

la quiero con todo mi ser I love her with all my being o soul

* * *

SER

f abr (= Sociedad Española de Radiodifusión) network of independent Spanish radio stations

* * *

ser {77} vi

1) : to be

él es mi hermano: he is my brother

Camila es linda: Camila is pretty

2) : to exist, to live

ser, o no ser: to be or not to be

3) : to take place, to occur

el concierto es el domingo: the concert is on Sunday

4) (used with expressions of time, date, season)

son las diez: it's ten o'clock

hoy es el 9: today's the 9th

5) : to cost, to come to

¿cuánto es?: how much is it?

6) (with the future tense) : to be able to be

¿será posible?: can it be possible?

7)

ser de : to come from

somos de Managua: we're from Managua

8)

ser de : to belong to

ese lápiz es de Juan: that's Juan's pencil

9)

es que : the thing is that

es que no lo conozco: it's just that I don't know him

10)

¡sea! : agreed!, all right!

11)

sea... sea : either... or

ser v aux (used in passive constructions) : to be

la cuenta ha sido pagada: the bill has been paid

él fue asesinado: he was murdered

ser nm

: being

ser humano: human being

* * *

ser¹ n (ente) being

ser humano human being

ser vivo living creature

ser² vb

1. (en general) to be

mi amigo es alemán my friend is German

es médico he's a doctor

el cuadro es de Picasso the painting is by Picasso

cinco más cinco son diez five plus five are ten

serán quince euros that'll be fifteen euros

somos cinco there are five of us

la fiesta es el sábado the party is on Saturday

el presidente fue asesinado the president was murdered

2. (estar hecho) to be made

la mesa es de madera the table is made of wood

3. (pertenecer) to belong

este libro es de María this book belongs to María / this book is María's

a no ser que unless

a no ser que llueva unless it rains

érase una vez once upon a time

Spanish-English dictionary > ser
48 der

I best. Art.

1. m; (Nom. Sg.) the; der eine ist fleißig, der andere faul (the) one is hard-working, the other one is lazy; der Tod death; der Mensch (alle Menschen) man(kind), humankind; der große Goethe the famous Goethe; der arme Peter poor Peter; der Peter, den ich kenne the Peter (who oder that) I know; der Hyde Park Hyde Park

2. (Gen Sg. von die) of the; die Mauern der Stadt auch the city walls

3. (Dat Sg. von die) to the; den Schlüssel habe ich der Nachbarin gegeben I gave the key to the neighbo(u)r

4. (Gen Pl. von der, die, das) of the; die Ankunft der Kinder auch the children’s arrival

II Dem. Pron.

1. m; (Nom. Sg.) that (one), this (one); (er) he, it; der Mann hier this man; der mit dem Bart the one with the beard; nur der kann das verstehen, der... only he ( oder that man) who... can understand it; der und baden gehen? you won’t catch him going swimming; der und ehrlich? Dass ich nicht lache! him? honest? Pull the other one! ( oder Give me a break!)

2. (Dat Sg. von die) zu der und der Zeit umg. at such and such a time

III Rel. Pron.

1. m; (Nom. Sg.) bei Personen: who, that; bei Sachen: which, that; der Bezirk, der einen Teil von X bildet the district forming part of X; der erste Stein, der geworfen wurde the first stone that was thrown; er war der Erste, der es erfuhr he was the first to know; jeder, der... anyone who...; ich, der ich selbst dabei war I, who was there myself

2. (Dat Sg. von die) bei Personen: who(m), who... to, to whom förm.; bei Sachen: that, which; die Freundin, der ich meine Sorgen erzählte the friend (whom) I told about my problems ( oder to whom I told my problems)

* * *

which one (Pron.); that (Pron.); which (Pron.); who (Pron.); the ( Artikel)

* * *
I [deːɐ]
1. def art

1) gen sing, pl von die of the

das Miauen dér Katze — the miaowing of the cat, the cat's miaowing

2) dat sing von die to the; (mit Präposition) the

2. dem pron dat sing von die

1) (adjektivisch) to that; (mit Präpositionen) that

2) (substantivisch) to her; her

3. rel pron dat sing
to whom, that or who(m)... to; (mit Präposition) who(m); (von Sachen) to which, which... to; which II [deːɐ] pl die
1. def art gen des, der, des, pl der dat dem, der, dem, pl den acc den, die, das, pl die
the
dér/die Arme! — the poor man/woman or girl

die Toten — the dead pl

die Engländer — the English pl

dér Engländer (dated inf: = die Engländer) — the Englishman

dér Faust — Faust

dér Hans (inf) — Hans

dér kleine Hans — little Hans

dér Rhein — the Rhine

dér Michigansee — Lake Michigan

die Domstraße — Cathedral Street

die "Bismarck" — the "Bismarck"

dér Lehrer/die Frau (im Allgemeinen) — teachers pl/women pl

dér Tod/die Liebe/das Leben — death/love/life

dér Tod des Sokrates — the death of Socrates

das Viktorianische England — Victorian England

in dem England, das ich kannte — in the England (that or which) I knew

er liebt den Jazz/die Oper/das Kino — he likes jazz/(the) opera/the cinema

das Singen macht ihm Freude — singing gives him pleasure

das Singen meines Opas — my grandpa's singing

mir fiel das Atmen schwer — I found breathing difficult

das Herstellen von Waffen ist... — manufacturing weapons is..., the manufacturing of weapons is...

die Callas — Callas

dér spätere Wittgenstein — the later Wittgenstein

er war nicht mehr dér Hans, dér... — he was no longer the Hans who...

er hat sich den Fuß verletzt — he has hurt his foot

mal das Gesicht! — wash your faces

er nimmt den Hut ab — he takes his hat off

ein Euro das Stück — one euro apiece or each

20 Euro die Stunde — 20 euros an or per hour

dér und dér Wissenschaftler — such and such a scientist

2. dem pron gen dessen or (old) des, deren, dessen,
pl deren dat dem, der, dem, pl denen acc den, die, das, pl die
1) (attr) (= jener, dieser) that; (pl) those, them (inf)

zu dér und dér Zeit — at such and such a time

an dem und dem Ort — at such and such a place

2) (substantivisch) he/she/it; (pl) those, them (inf)

dér/die war es — it was him/her

dér/die mit dér großen Nase — the one or him/her (inf) with the big nose

mit den roten Haaren — those or them (inf) with red hair

deine Schwester, die war nicht da (inf) — your sister, she wasn't there

dér und schwimmen? — him, swimming?, swimming, (what) him?

dér/die hier (von Menschen) — he/she, this man/woman etc; (von Gegenständen) this (one); (von mehreren) this one

dér/die da (von Menschen) — he/she, that man/woman etc; (von Gegenständen) that (one); (von mehreren) that one

die hier/da pl — they, these/those men/women etc, these/those, them (inf)

dér, den ich meine — the one I mean

dér und dér/die und die — so-and-so

das und das — such and such

3. rel pron decl as dem pron
(Mensch) who, that; (Gegenstand, Tier) which, that
4. rel + dem pron decl as dem pron

dér/die dafür verantwortlich war,... — the man/woman who was responsible for it

die so etwas tun,... — those or people who do that sort of thing...

* * *

der¹

[de:ɐ̯]

I. art def, nom sing m

1. (allgemein) the

\der Hund/Mann/Tisch the dog/man/table

\der Mai [the month of] May

\der Angeber! that show-off!

2. (bei Körperteilen)

mir tut \der Hals weh my throat hurts

3. (bei Abstrakta)

\der Hunger/Irrsinn/Tod hunger/madness/death

\der Tod des Ikaros the death of Icarus

4. (bei allgemeinen Stoffen)

\der Stahl wird auch mit anderen Elementen legiert steel is also alloyed with other elements; (bei spezifischen Stoffen) the

\der Sauerstoff in der Luft the oxygen in the air

5. (einmalig)

\der Mann des Tages the man of the moment

das ist \der Augenblick, auf den wir gewartet haben that's [just] the moment we've been waiting for

6. (bei Eigennamen)

\der Irak/Iran Iraq/Iran

\der Sudan The Sudan

\der Kongo vor der Kolonialzeit pre-colonial Congo

\der kleine Peter little Peter

\der spätere Dickens the later Dickens

er war nicht mehr \der Uli, der... he was no longer the Uli who...

7. (fam: vor Personennamen)

das ist \der Klaus that's Klaus

\der Papa sagt,... [my] dad says...

8. (verallgemeinernd)

\der Mensch heute man today

\der Franzose isst gern gut the French like to eat well

9. (nach Angaben)

5 Euro \der Liter €5 a [or per] litre

10. (vor Angaben)

\der 14. August 2003 14[th] August 2003, August 14[th], 2003; (gesprochen) the fourteenth of August 2003

Heinrich \der Achte Henry the Eighth

11. (vor Substantiviertem)

\der Kleine the little boy/one

\der Älteste the oldest [one]

II. pron dem, nom sing m

1. attr, betont

\der Mann war es! it was that man!

\der Hut gefällt mir am besten I like that/this hat [or that/this hat I like] the most

\der Stift da that pen [there]

\der Stift hier this pen [here]

\der und \der Experte such and such an expert

2. (hinweisend)

\der war es! it was him!

\der hat es getan! it was him that [or who] did it!

\der sagte mir,... he told me...

welcher Stift? \der da? oder \der hier? which pen? that one [there]? or this one [here]?

wer ist denn \der? (fam) who on earth is he [or that]?

\der und joggen? him, jogging?

\der und \der such and such

3. (unterscheidend)

\der mit der Brille the one [or fam him] with the glasses

welcher Ball? — \der mit den Punkten which ball? — the/this/that one with the spots

ach \der! (pej) oh him!

4. (wiederholend)

der Chef? \der ist nicht da the boss? he's not there

dein Vater, \der ist nicht gekommen your father, he didn't come

mein Schuh! \der ist weg! my shoe! it's gone!

der Scheißkerl, \der! the bastard!

der Grund ist \der, dass... the reason is that [or because]...

\der, den ich meinte the one I meant

5. (fam: ersetzt Pronomen)

wo ist dein Bruder? — \der ist oben where's your brother? — he's upstairs

das ist ein neuer Drucker! warum druckt \der nicht? that's a new printer! why isn't it working?

beißt \der? does it/he/she bite?

III. pron rel, nom sing m

1. that; (Person a.) who/whom form; (Gegenstand, Tier a.) which

ich hörte/sah einen Wagen, \der um die Ecke fuhr I heard/saw a car driving around the corner

ein Film, \der gut ankommt a much-acclaimed film

ein Roman, \der von Millionen gelesen wurde a novel [that has been] read by millions

der König, \der vierzig Jahre herrschte,... (einschränkend) the king who [or that] reigned for forty years...; (nicht einschränkend) the king, who reigned for forty years,...

der Mantel, \der zum Trocknen aufgehängt war,... (einschränkend) the coat that [or which] was hung up to dry...; (nicht einschränkend) the coat, which was hung up to dry,...

der Mörder, \der von der Polizei gesucht wird,... (einschränkend) the murderer [who [or that]] the police are searching for..., the murderer for whom the police are searching... form; (nicht einschränkend) the murderer, who the police are searching for,..., the murderer, for whom the police are searching,... form

der Fall, \der von den Ermittlern untersucht werden soll,... (einschränkend) the case [that [or which]] the investigators have to look into..., the case into which the investigators have to look... form; (nicht einschränkend) the case, which the investigators have to look into,..., the case, into which the investigators have to look,... form

2. (derjenige)

\der mir jetzt hilft, wird belohnt anyone helping [or form he who helps] me now will be rewarded

\der diesen Brief geschrieben hat, kann gut Deutsch the person/man who wrote this letter knows good German

\der zu so etwas fähig ist,... people who are capable of such things...; s.a. das, die

der²

[ˈde:ɐ̯]

art def, gen sing f

1. (allgemein)

der Hund \der alten Frau the old woman's dog

die Hitze \der Sonne the heat of the sun, the sun's heat

das Schnurren \der fetten Katze the fat cat's purring, the purring of the fat cat

die Lösung \der Formel hier the solution to this formula, this formula's solution

der Einspruch \der Frau da that woman's objection, the objection from that woman

2. (bei Körperteilen)

die Farbe \der Zunge deutete auf seine Krankheit the colour of his tongue indicated his illness

3. (bei Abstrakta)

ein Opfer \der Liebe a victim of love

ein Zeichen \der Hoffnung a sign of hope

4. (bei allgemeinen Stoffen)

das Kämmen \der Wolle the combing of wool

5. (bei Eigennamen)

die Berge \der Schweiz the mountains of Switzerland

die Puppe \der kleinen Sabine little Sabine's doll

6. (fam: vor Personennamen)

ich ruf an wegen \der Anna I'm calling to talk to you about Anna

7. (bei Berühmtheiten)

die Arien \der Callas Callas' arias

8. (form: vor Namen)

ein Antrag \der Ute Kley a petition from Ute Kley

9. (verallgemeinernd)

die Rolle \der Frau in Management women's role [or the role of women] in management

die Trinkfestigkeit \der Engländerin the ability of the Englishwoman to hold her drink

10. (geh: nach Angaben)

10 Meter \der kostbarsten Seide 10 metres of the most precious silk

11. (vor Substantiviertem)

das Spielzeug \der Kleinen the little one's [or girl's] toys

die Weisheit \der Ältesten the wisdom of the eldest [woman]; s.a. das, die

der³

I. art def, dat sing f

1. siehe auch vb (allgemein)

sie redeten mit/von \der Nachbarin they were talking with/about the neighbour

ich klopfte an \der Tür I knocked at the door

das Bild hängt an \der Wand the picture is hanging on the wall

sie folgte \der Frau/Menge she followed the woman/crowd

er gab \der Großmutter den Brief he gave his grandmother the letter, he gave the letter to his grandmother

es gehört \der Frau da it belongs to that woman

es entspricht \der Textstelle hier it corresponds to this passage in the text

2. (bei Körperteilen)

er schlug den Tisch mit \der Faust he thumped the table with his fist

3. (bei Abstrakta)

er widmete \der Liebe ein Gedicht he dedicated a poem to love

mit \der Hoffnung eines Verzweifelten with the hope of a desperate man

4. (bei allgemeinen Stoffen)

\der Bronze wird auch Phosphor beigemischt phosphorus is also added to bronze; (bei spezifischen Stoffen)

mit \der Wolle dieses Schafs with the wool from this sheep, with this sheep's wool

5. (bei Eigennamen)

wir segelten mit \der ‚Nordwind‘ we sailed on the [yacht] ‘Nordwind’

in \der Schweiz [der Zwischenkriegsjahre] in [interwar] Switzerland

\der kleinen Jenny geht's nicht gut little Jenny isn't feeling well

6. (fam: vor Personennamen)

sie ist bei \der Kati she's at Kati's place

7. (bei Berühmtheiten)

er hat \der Callas mal die Hand geküsst he once kissed Callas' hand

8. (verallgemeinernd)

von \der Frau in der Industrie of women in industry

als das Pferd \der Maschine wich when the horse gave way to the engine

9. (nach Angaben)

mit 20 Flaschen \der Kiste with 20 bottles a [or per] crate

10. (vor Substantiviertem)

gib \der Kleinen einen Kuss give the little one a kiss

wir gingen zu \der Ältesten we went to the elder

II. pron dem, dat sing f

1. attr, betont

\der Pflanze muss man Dünger geben that plant must be given fertilizer

\der Frau hast du es erzählt? you told it to that woman?

zu \der und \der Zeit at such and such a time

2. (fam: ersetzt Pronomen)

glaub \der bloß nicht! don't believe her [of all people]!

III. pron rel, dat sing f, siehe auch vb

meine Kollegin, \der die Aufgabe zugeteilt wurde,... (einschränkend) my colleague who [or that] was assigned the task...; (nicht einschränkend) my colleague, who was assigned the task,...

die Lösung, \der der Alkohol entzogen war,... (einschränkend) the solution that [or which] had its alcohol extracted...; (nicht einschränkend) the solution, which had its alcohol extracted,...

die Abgeordnete, \der ich oft schrieb,... (einschränkend) the MP [who [or that]] I often wrote to..., the MP to whom I often wrote... form; (nicht einschränkend) the MP, who I often wrote to,..., the MP, to whom I often wrote,... form

die Grippe, unter \der sie leiden,... (einschränkend) the flu [that [or which]] they're suffering from..., the flu from which they're suffering... form; (nicht einschränkend) the flu, which they're suffering from,..., the flu, from which they're suffering,... form; s.a. das, die

der⁴

art def, gen pl

1. siehe auch n (allgemein)

die Anstrengungen \der Schüler the pupils' efforts, the efforts of the pupils

die Zeichnungen \der beiden Schwestern the two sisters' drawings, the drawings by the two sisters

das Gezwitscher \der Vögel the twittering of the birds

das Gewicht \der Platten the weight of the slabs

die Wohnung \der Eltern my/his/her etc. parents' flat

die Lösungen \der Formeln hier the solutions to these formulae

der Einspruch \der Frauen da those women's objection, the objection from those women

2. (bei Körperteilen)

die Farbe \der Haare gefiel ihr nicht she didn't like the colour of her hair

3. (bei Eigennamen)

die Sprachen \der Niederlande the languages of [or spoken in] the Netherlands

das Haus \der Müllers the Millers' house

4. (form: vor Namen)

ein Antrag \der Heinz und Ute Kley a petition from Heinz and Ute Kley

5. (verallgemeinernd)

die Rolle \der Pflanzen in der Medizin the role of plants in medicine

6. (geh: nach Angaben)

10 Kisten \der feinsten Äpfel 10 crates of the finest apples

7. (vor Substantiviertem)

das Spielzeug \der Kleinen the little ones' toys

die Weisheit \der Ältesten the wisdom of the elders; s.a. das, die

* * *
I 1.
bestimmter Artikel Nom. the

der Kleine — the little boy

der Tod — death

der April/Winter — April/winter

der ‘Faust’ — ‘Faust’

der Dieter — (ugs.) Dieter

der Kapitalismus/Islam — capitalism/Islam

der Bodensee/Mount Everest — Lake Constance/Mount Everest

der 1ran — 1ran
2.
Demonstrativpronomen

1) attr. that

der Mann war es — it was 'that man

2) allein stehend he

der war es — it was 'him

der und arbeiten! — (ugs.) [what,] him work! (coll.)

der [da] — (Mann) that man; (Gegenstand, Tier) that one

der [hier] — (Mann) this man; (Gegenstand, Tier) this one
3.
Relativpronomen (Mensch) who/that; (Sache) which/that

der Mann, der da drüben entlanggeht — the man walking along over there
4.
Relativ- und Demonstrativpronomen the one who
II 1.
bestimmter Artikel

1) Gen. Sg. v. die I 1.

der Hut der Frau — the woman's hat

der Henkel der Tasse — the handle of the cup

2) Dat. Sg. v. die I 1.: to the; (nach Präp.) the

in der Türkei — in Turkey

3) Gen. Pl. v. der I 1., die I 1., das 1.

das Haus der Freunde — our/their etc. friends' house

das Bellen der Hunde — the barking of the dogs
2.
Demonstrativpronomen

1) Gen. Sg. v. die I 2. 1): of the; of that

2) Dat. Sg. v. die I 2. attr

der Frau [da/hier] gehört es — it belongs to that woman there/this woman here; allein stehend

gib es der da! — (ugs.) give it to 'her

3) Gen. Pl. v. der I 2. 1), die I 2. 1), das 2. 1): of those
3.
Relativpronomen; Dat. Sg. v. die I 3. (Person) whom

die Frau, der ich es gegeben habe — the woman to whom 1 gave it; the woman 1 gave it to; (Sache) that/which

die Katze, der er einen Tritt gab — the cat [that] he kicked

* * *

der

A. best art

1. m; (nom sg) the;

der eine ist fleißig, der andere faul (the) one is hard-working, the other one is lazy;

der Tod death;

der Mensch (alle Menschen) man(kind), humankind;

der große Goethe the famous Goethe;

der arme Peter poor Peter;

der Peter, den ich kenne the Peter (who oder that) I know;

der Hyde Park Hyde Park

2. (gen sg von die) of the;

die Mauern der Stadt auch the city walls

3. (dat sg von die) to the;

den Schlüssel habe ich der Nachbarin gegeben I gave the key to the neighbo(u)r

4. (gen pl von der, die, das) of the;

die Ankunft der Kinder auch the children’s arrival

B. dem pr

1. m; (nom sg) that (one), this (one); (er) he, it;

der Mann hier this man;

der mit dem Bart the one with the beard;

nur der kann das verstehen, der … only he ( oder that man) who … can understand it;

der und baden gehen? you won’t catch him going swimming;

der und ehrlich? Dass ich nicht lache! him? honest? Pull the other one! ( oder Give me a break!)

2. (dat sg von die)

zu der und der Zeit umg at such and such a time

C. rel pr

1. m; (nom sg) bei Personen: who, that; bei Sachen: which, that;

der Bezirk, der einen Teil von X bildet the district forming part of X;

der erste Stein, der geworfen wurde the first stone that was thrown;

er war der Erste, der es erfuhr he was the first to know;

jeder, der … anyone who …;

ich, der ich selbst dabei war I, who was there myself

2. (dat sg von die) bei Personen: who(m), who … to, to whom form; bei Sachen: that, which;

die Freundin, der ich meine Sorgen erzählte the friend (whom) I told about my problems ( oder to whom I told my problems)

* * *
I 1.
bestimmter Artikel Nom. the

der Kleine — the little boy

der Tod — death

der April/Winter — April/winter

der ‘Faust’ — ‘Faust’

der Dieter — (ugs.) Dieter

der Kapitalismus/Islam — capitalism/Islam

der Bodensee/Mount Everest — Lake Constance/Mount Everest

der 1ran — 1ran
2.
Demonstrativpronomen

1) attr. that

der Mann war es — it was 'that man

2) allein stehend he

der war es — it was 'him

der und arbeiten! — (ugs.) [what,] him work! (coll.)

der [da] — (Mann) that man; (Gegenstand, Tier) that one

der [hier] — (Mann) this man; (Gegenstand, Tier) this one
3.
Relativpronomen (Mensch) who/that; (Sache) which/that

der Mann, der da drüben entlanggeht — the man walking along over there
4.
Relativ- und Demonstrativpronomen the one who
II 1.
bestimmter Artikel

1) Gen. Sg. v. die I 1.

der Hut der Frau — the woman's hat

der Henkel der Tasse — the handle of the cup

2) Dat. Sg. v. die I 1.: to the; (nach Präp.) the

in der Türkei — in Turkey

3) Gen. Pl. v. der I 1., die I 1., das 1.

das Haus der Freunde — our/their etc. friends' house

das Bellen der Hunde — the barking of the dogs
2.
Demonstrativpronomen

1) Gen. Sg. v. die I 2. 1): of the; of that

2) Dat. Sg. v. die I 2. attr

der Frau [da/hier] gehört es — it belongs to that woman there/this woman here; allein stehend

gib es der da! — (ugs.) give it to 'her

3) Gen. Pl. v. der I 2. 1), die I 2. 1), das 2. 1): of those
3.
Relativpronomen; Dat. Sg. v. die I 3. (Person) whom

die Frau, der ich es gegeben habe — the woman to whom 1 gave it; the woman 1 gave it to; (Sache) that/which

die Katze, der er einen Tritt gab — the cat [that] he kicked

* * *

(neueste) Stand der Technik m.

the state of the art n. art.m.

the art. pron.

which pron.

who pron.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > der
49 κατά

κατά (Hom.+) prep. (s. the lit. s.v. ἀνά beg., also LfgrE s.v. κατά 1346; with the gen. 74 times in NT; w. acc. 391 times in NT).

A. w. the gen.

① marker of extension or orientation in space or specific area

ⓐ of location that is relatively lower, down from someth. (Hom. et al.; LXX; Ath. 1, 4 κ. κόρρης προπηλακίζειν=to smack on one side of the head) ὁρμᾶν κ. τοῦ κρημνοῦ rush down (from) the bank (cp. Polyb. 38, 16, 7 κ. τῶν κρημνῶν ῥίπτειν; Jos., Bell. 1, 313) Mt 8:32; Mk 5:13; Lk 8:33. κ. κεφαλῆς ἔχειν have someth. on one’s head (lit. hanging down fr. the head, as a veil. Cp. Plut., Mor. 200f ἐβάδιζε κ. τῆς κεφαλῆς ἔχων τὸ ἱμάτιον.; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 499, 5 of a mummy ἔχων τάβλαν κ. τοῦ τραχήλου) 1 Cor 11:4.

ⓑ of position relatively deep, into someth. (Od. 9, 330 κ. σπείους ‘into the depths of the cave’; Hdt. 7, 235; X., An. 7, 1, 30) ἡ κ. βάθους πτωχεία extreme (lit. ‘reaching down into the depths’; cp. Strabo 9, 3, 5 [419] ἄντρον κοῖλον κ. βάθους) or abysmal poverty 2 Cor 8:2. This may perh. be the mng. of πλήσσειν τινὰ κ. τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν strike someone deep into the eyes ApcPt 11:26 (cp. Demosth. 19, 197 ξαίνει κ. τοῦ νώτου; PPetr II, 18 [2b], 15 [246 B.C.] ἔτυπτεν αὐτὸν κ. τοῦ τραχήλου).—κ. γαστρός Just., D. 78, 3 for ἐν γαστρί Mt 1:18 (cp. Ath. 35, 2 τὸ κ. γαστρὸς ζῶον εἶναι).

ⓒ extension in various directions within an area, throughout (so in Luke’s writings; Polyb. 3, 19, 7 κ. τῆς νήσου διεσπάρησαν; PGiss 48, 8 κ. κυριακῆς γῆς; Jos., Ant. 8, 297; SibOr 3, 222; 4, 24; 5, 305) γνωστὸν γενέσθαι καθʼ ὅλης Ἰόππης become known throughout all Joppa Ac 9:42. καθʼ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας 9:31; 10:37; Lk 23:5. φήμη ἐξῆλθεν καθʼ ὅλης τῆς περιχώρου 4:14.

② down upon, toward, against someone or someth, fig. ext. of 1.

ⓐ w. verbs of swearing, to denote what one swears by (Thu. 5, 47, 8; Lysias 32, 13; Isaeus 7, 28; Demosth. 21, 119; 29, 26; SIG 526, 4ff; 685, 25; UPZ 110, 39 [164 B.C.]; BGU 248, 13; Jdth 1:12; Is 45:23; 2 Ch 36:13) by ἐξορκίζειν (q.v.) Mt 26:63. ὀμνύναι (q.v.) Hb 6:13, 16. ὁρκίζειν (q.v.) Hs 9, 10, 5. Sim. ἐρωτᾶν κ. τινος request, entreat by someone Hv 3, 2, 3.

ⓑ in a hostile sense, against

α. after verbs that express hostile action, etc. διχάζειν Mt 10:35. ἐπαίρεσθαι 2 Cor 10:5. ἰσχύειν Ac 19:16. κακοῦν 14:2. στρατεύεσθαι 1 Pt 2:11. φυσιοῦσθαι 1 Cor 4:6

β. after words and expressions that designate hostile speech, esp. an accusation ἔχειν (τι) κ. τινος have or hold someth. against someone Rv 2:4, 14, 20. φέρειν J 18:29. ἐγκαλεῖν Ro 8:33. ἐντυγχάνειν τινὶ κ. τινος 11:2 (TestJob 17:5). κατηγορεῖν Lk 23:14. ποιεῖν κρίσιν Jd 15a. τὸ κ. ἡμῶν χειρόγραφον the bond that stands against us Col 2:14. ἐμφανίζειν Ac 24:1; 25:2. αἰτεῖσθαί τι 25:3, 15. αἱ κ. τινος αἰτίαι vs. 27. εἰπεῖν πονηρόν Mt 5:11 (cp. Soph., Phil. 65 κακὰ λέγειν κ. τινος. X., Hell. 1, 5, 2; Isocr., C. Nic. 13; Plut., Mor. 2a λέγειν κ.; SIG 1180, 1 λέγειν κ. τινος; Just., A I, 23, 3; 49, 6 κ. τῶν … ὁμολογούντων). λαλεῖν ῥήματα Ac 6:13; cp. Jd 15b (TestDan 4:3; JosAs 23:15). μαρτυρεῖν κ. τ. θεοῦ give testimony in contradiction to God 1 Cor 15:15. ζητεῖν μαρτυρίαν κ. τινος testimony against someone Mk 14:55. ψευδομαρτυρεῖν 14:56f. ψευδομαρτυρία Mt 26:59. γογγύζειν 20:11. στενάζειν Js 5:9. διδάσκειν Ac 21:28. συμβούλιον διδόναι (ποιεῖν v.l.) Mk 3:6; ς. λαβεῖν Mt 27:1. ψεύδεσθαι Js 3:14 (Lysias 22, 7; X., Ap. 13; Ath. 35, 1 καθʼ ἡμῶν … κατεψεύσατο).

γ. after expressions that designate such a position or state of mind in a different way εἶναι κ. τινος be against someone (opp. ὑπέρ) Mk 9:40 (WNestle, ZNW 13, 1912, 84–87; AFridrichsen, ibid., 273–80); Ro 8:31; (opp. μετά) Mt 12:30; Lk 11:23. δύνασθαί τι κ. τινος be able to do someth. against someone 2 Cor 13:8. ἔχειν τι κ. τινος have someth. against someone (in one’s heart) Mt 5:23; Mk 11:25; Hs 9, 24, 2; cp. ibid. 23, 2, where the acc. is to be supplied. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν J 19:11. ἐπιθυμεῖν Gal 5:17. μερίζεσθαι καθʼ ἑαυτῆς Mt 12:25. Cp. 1 Cl 39:4 (Job 4:18).—κατά prob. means against also in ἔβαλεν κατʼ αὐτῆς ἄνεμος Ac 27:14. ἐτελείωσαν κ. τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτῶν τὰ ἁμαρτήματα they completed the full measure of sins against their own head GPt 5:17.

B. w. acc. (so in the NT 399 times [besides καθʼ εἷς and κατὰ εἷς])

① marker of spatial aspect

ⓐ of extension in space, along, over, through, in, upon (Hom. et al.; OGI 90, 7 ἐκ τῶν κ. τ. χώραν ἱερῶν; PHib 82, 19; PTebt 5, 188; LXX; Just.; Mel., HE 4, 26, 5) Ac 24:12. καθʼ ὅλην τ. πόλιν throughout the city Lk 8:39 (cp. Diod S 4, 10, 6 καθʼ ὅλην τὴν Ἐλλάδα). ἐγένετο λιμὸς κ. τὴν χώραν ἐκείνην 15:14. κ. τὰς κώμας 9:6. κ. πόλεις καὶ κώμας 13:22 (Appian., Maced. 9 §1 and 4 κ. πόλεις; Just., A I, 67, 3 κ. πόλεις ἢ ἀγρούς).—κ. τόπους in place after place Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8; Lk 21:11 (Theophr., περὶ σημ. 1, 4 p. 389 W.; Cat. Cod. Astr. III 28, 11 ἐν μέρει τ. ἀνατολῆς κ. τόπους, VIII/3, 186, 1 λιμὸς καὶ λοιμὸς καὶ σφαγαὶ κ. τόπους). οἱ ὄντες κ. τὴν Ἰουδαίαν those throughout Judea or living in Judea Ac 11:1. διασπαρῆναι κ. τὰς χώρας τῆς Ἰουδαίας be scattered over the regions of Judea 8:1. κ. τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν in the congregation there 13:1. τοῖς κ. τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν καὶ Συρίαν καὶ Κιλικίαν ἀδελφοῖς 15:23. τοὺς κ. τὰ ἔθνη Ἰουδαίους the Judeans (dispersed) throughout the nations 21:21. τοῖς κ. τὸν νόμον γεγραμμένοις throughout the law = in the law 24:14b. κ. τὴν ὁδόν along or on the way (Lucian, Catapl. 4; Jos., Ant. 8, 404) Lk 10:4; Ac 25:3; 26:13. τὸ κ. Κιλικίαν καὶ Παμφυλίαν πέλαγος the sea along the coast of Cilicia and Pamphylia 27:5; but the geographical designation τὰ μέρη τ. Λιβύης τῆς κ. Κυρήνην 2:10 prob. belongs to b: the parts of Libya toward Cyrene.

ⓑ of extension toward, toward, to, up to ἐλθεῖν (γίνεσθαι v.l.) κ. τὸν τόπον come up to the place (Jos., Vi. 283) Lk 10:32. ἐλθόντες κ. τὴν Μυσίαν to Mysia Ac 16:7; cp. 27:7. πορεύεσθαι κ. μεσημβρίαν (s. μεσημβρία 2) toward the south 8:26 (cp. Jos., Bell. 5, 505). κ. σκοπὸν διώκειν run (over the course) toward the goal Phil 3:14. λιμὴν βλέπων κ. λίβα καὶ κ. χῶρον a harbor open to the southwest and northwest Ac 27:12 (s. βλέπω 8).—κ. πρόσωπον to the face (cp. Jos., Ant. 5, 205) Gal 2:11. ἔχειν τινὰ κ. πρόσωπον meet someone face to face (Thieme 19 has reff. for the use of κατὰ πρόσωπον as a legal formula) Ac 25:16. κ. πρόσωπον ταπεινός humble when personally present 2 Cor 10:1. κ. πρόσωπόν τινος in the presence of someone Lk 2:31; Ac 3:13. τὰ κ. πρόσωπον what lies before one’s eyes, i.e. is obvious 2 Cor 10:7. κ. ὀφθαλμοὺς προγράφειν portray before one’s eyes Gal 3:1.

ⓒ of isolation or separateness, by (Thu. 1, 138, 6 οἱ καθʼ ἑαυτοὺς Ἕλληνες ‘the Greeks by themselves’; Polyb. 1, 24, 4; 5, 78, 3; 11, 17, 6; Diod S 13, 72, 8; Gen 30:40; 43:32; 2 Macc 13:13; Philo, Migr. Abr. 87; 90; Just., D. 4, 5 αὐτὴ καθʼ ἑαυτήν γενομένη; Tat. 13, 1 ἡ ψυχὴ καθʼ ἑαυτήν; Ath. 15, 2 ὁ πηλὸς καθʼ ἑαυτόν) ἔχειν τι καθʼ ἑαυτόν keep someth. to oneself Ro 14:22 (cp. Jos., Ant. 2, 255; Heliod. 7, 16, 1). καθʼ ἑαυτὸν μένειν live by oneself of the private dwelling of Paul in Rome Ac 28:16. πίστις νεκρὰ καθʼ ἑαυτήν faith by itself is dead Js 2:17 (Simplicius in Epict. p. 3, 43 τὸ σῶμα καθʼ αὑτὸ νεκρόν ἐστιν). ἡ κατʼ οἶκον ἐκκλησία the congregation in the house Ro 16:5; 1 Cor 16:19. κατʼ ἰδίαν s. ἴδιος 5. κ. μόνας (Thu. 1, 32, 5; Menand., Epitr. 988 S. [658 Kö.], Fgm. 146 Kö. [158 Kock]; Polyb. 4, 15, 11; Diod S 4, 51, 16; BGU 813, 15 [s. APF 2, 1903, 97]; LXX) alone, by oneself Mk 4:10; Lk 9:18; Hm 11:8 (here, as well as BGU loc. cit. and LXX, written as one word καταμόνας).

ⓓ of places viewed serially, distributive use w. acc., x by x (Arrian., Anab. 4, 21, 10 κ. σκηνήν=tent by tent) or from x to x: κατʼ οἶκον from house to house (PLond III, 904, 20 p. 125 [104 A.D.] ἡ κατʼ οἰκίαν ἀπογραφή) Ac 2:46b; 5:42 (both in ref. to various house assemblies or congregations; w. less probability NRSV ‘at home’); cp. 20:20. Likew. the pl. κ. τοὺς οἴκους εἰσπορευόμενος 8:3. κ. τὰς συναγωγάς 22:19. κ. πόλιν (Jos., Ant. 6, 73) from city to city IRo 9:3, but in every (single) city Ac 15:21; 20:23; Tit 1:5. Also κ. πόλιν πᾶσαν (cp. Herodian 1, 14, 9) Ac 15:36; κ. πᾶσαν πόλιν 20:23 D. κ. πόλιν καὶ κώμην Lk 8:1; cp. vs. 4.

② marker of temporal aspect (Hdt. et al.; ins, pap, LXX, apolog.)

ⓐ in definite indications of time: at, on, during (Hdt. 8, 17; Polemon Soph. B 43 Reader κατʼ ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν ‘in the course of that day’) κατʼ ἀρχάς in the beginning (cp. ἀρχή 1b) Hb 1:10 (Ps 101:26). κ. τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ πειρασμοῦ in the day of trial 3:8 (Ps 94:8.—Cp. Antig. Car. 173 κ. τὸν σπόρου καιρόν). νεκροῦ … ἀνάστασιν κατʼ αὐτὸν γεγονυῖαν ἱστορεῖ (Papias) reports that a resurrection from the dead occurred in his time Papias (2, 9; so, with personal names, Hdt.; Just., D. 23, 1 τοῦ θεοῦ … τοῦ κ. τὸν Ἐνώχ; Tat. 31, 2 Θεαγένης … κ. Καμβύσην γεγονώς). Of the future: κ. τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον at that time, then Ro 9:9 (Gen 18:10). Of the past: κ. ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρόν at that time, then (2 Macc 3:5; TestJos 12:1; Jos., Ant. 8, 266; cp. κατʼ ἐκεῖνο τοῦ καιροῦ Konon: 26 Fgm. 3 p. 191, 25 Jac.; Just., A I, 17, 2; 26, 3 al.) Ac 12:1; 19:23. κ. καιρόν at that time, then Ro 5:6 (Just., D. 132, 1; cp. OGI 90, 28 καθʼ ὸ̔ν καιρόν), unless καιρός here means the right time (s. καιρός 1b end). κατʼ ὄναρ (as καθʼ ὕπνον Gen 20:6; Just., D 60, 5 κ. τοὺς ὕπνους) during a dream, in a dream Mt 1:20; 2:12 (s. s.v. ὄναρ for ins).

ⓑ with indefinite indications of time: toward, about κ. τὸ μεσονύκτιον about midnight Ac 16:25; cp. 27:27.—8:26 (s. μεσημβρία 1).

ⓒ distributively (cp. 1d): x period by x period: κατʼ ἔτος every year (s. ἔτος) Lk 2:41. Also κατʼ ἐνιαυτόν (s. ἐνιαυτός 1) Hb 9:25; 10:1, 3. καθʼ ἡμέραν daily, every day (s. ἡμέρα 2c) Mt 26:55; Mk 14:49; Lk 16:19; 22:53; Ac 2:46f; 3:2; 16:5; 17:11; 19:9; 1 Cor 15:31; Hb 7:27; 10:11. Also τὸ καθʼ ἡμέραν (s. ἡμέρα 2c) Lk 11:3; 19:47; Ac 17:11 v.l. ἡ ἐπίστασις ἡ καθʼ ἡμέραν (s. ἐπίστασις) 2 Cor 11:28. κ. πᾶσαν ἡμέραν every day (Jos., Ant. 6, 49) Ac 17:7. Also καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν (s. ἡμέρα 2c) Hb 3:13. κ. μίαν σαββάτου on the first day of every week 1 Cor 16:2. κ. πᾶν σάββατον every Sabbath Ac 13:27; 15:21b; 18:4. κ. μῆνα ἕκαστον each month Rv 22:2 (κ. μῆνα as SIG 153, 65; POxy 275, 18; 2 Macc 6:7). κ. ἑορτήν at each festival Mt 27:15; Mk 15:6.

③ marker of division of a greater whole into individual parts, at a time, in detail, distributive use apart from indications of place (s. above 1d) and time (s. 2c)

ⓐ w. numerals: κ. δύο ἢ τὸ πλεῖστον τρεῖς two or, at the most, three at a time (i.e. in any one meeting, cp. ἀνὰ μέρος) 1 Cor 14:27 (Dio Chrys. 80 [30], 42 κ. δύο καὶ τρεῖς; Jos., Ant. 3, 142 κ. ἕξ; 5, 172 κ. δύο καὶ τρεῖς). καθʼ ἕνα (on this and the foll. s. εἷς 5e) singly, one after the other vs. 31. κ. ἕνα λίθον each individual stone Hs 9, 3, 5; καθʼ ἕνα λίθον 9, 6, 3. κ. ἓν ἕκαστον one by one, in detail Ac 21:19; 1 Cl 32:1 (Ath. 28, 4 καθʼ ἕκαστον). εἷς καθʼ εἷς Mk 14:19; J 8:9; cp. Ro 12:5 (B-D-F §305; Rob. 460). κ. ἑκατὸν καὶ κ. πεντήκοντα in hundreds and in fifties Mk 6:40.

ⓑ περί τινος λέγειν κ. μέρος speak of someth. in detail Hb 9:5 (s. μέρος 1c). κατʼ ὄνομα (each one) by name (ἀσπάζομαι … τοὺς ἐνοίκους πάντες κα[τʼ] ὄνομα PTebt [III A.D.] 422, 11–16; Jos., Vi. 86) J 10:3; 3J 15 (cp. BGU 27, 18); ISm 13:2.

④ marker of intention or goal, for the purpose of, for, to (Thu. 6, 31, 1 κ. θέαν ἥκειν=to look at something; cp. Sb 7263, 6 [254 B.C.]; X., An. 3, 5, 2 καθʼ ἁρπαγὴν ἐσκεδασμένοι; Arrian, Anab. 1, 17, 12; 4, 5, 1; 21, 9; 6, 17, 6; 26, 2; Lucian, Ver. Hist. 2, 29; Anton. Lib., Fab. 24, 1 Δημήτηρ ἐπῄει γῆν ἅπασαν κ. ζήτησιν τῆς θυγατρός; 38; Jdth 11:19) κ. τὸν καθαρισμὸν τῶν Ἰουδαίων for the Jewish ceremonial purification J 2:6. κατὰ ἀτιμίαν λέγω to my shame 2 Cor 11:21 (cp. Jos., Ant. 3, 268 κ. τιμὴν τ. θεοῦ τοῦτο ποιῶν). ἀπόστολος … κ. πίστιν … καὶ ἐπίγνωσιν an apostle … for the faith … and the knowledge Tit 1:1 (but the mng. ‘in accordance with’ is also prob.).

⑤ marker of norm of similarity or homogeneity, according to, in accordance with, in conformity with, according to

ⓐ to introduce the norm which governs someth.

α. the norm of the law, etc. (OGI 56, 33; Mitt-Wilck., I/2, 352, 11 κ. τὰ κελευσθέντα [as Just., D. 78, 7]; POxy 37 II, 8) κ. τὸν νόμον (Jos., Ant. 14, 173; 15, 51; Just., D. 10, 1 al.; Ath. 31, 1; κ. τοὺς νόμους Ἀρεοπαγείτης, letter of MAurelius: ZPE 8, ’71, 169, ln. 27) Lk 2:22; J 18:31; 19:7; Hb 7:5. τὰ κ. τ. νόμον what is to be done according to the law Lk 2:39 (cp. EpArist 32). κ. τὸ ὡρισμένον in accordance w. what has been determined 22:22. Cp. 1:9; 2:24, 27, 42; Ac 17:2; 22:3. κ. τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου Ro 2:16; 16:25a; 2 Ti 2:8. κ. τὸ εἰρημένον Ro 4:18 (cp. Ath. 28, 1 κ. τὰ προειρημένα). κ. τὰς γραφάς (Just., D. 82, 4; cp. Paus. 6, 21, 10 κ. τὰ ἔπη=according to the epic poems; Just., A I, 32, 14 κ. τὸ λόγιον, D. 67, 1 κ. τὴν προφητείαν ταύτην) 1 Cor 15:3; cp. Js 2:8. κ. τὴν παράδοσιν Mk 7:5 (Tat. 39, 1 κ. τὴν Ἑλλήνων παράδοσιν).—κ. λόγον as one wishes (exx. in Dssm., B 209 [not in BS]; also PEleph 13, 1; 3 Macc 3:14) Ac 18:14 (though 5bβ below is also prob.).—It can also stand simply w. the acc. of the pers. according to whose will, pleasure, or manner someth. occurs κ. θεόν (cp. Socrat., Ep. 14, 5 κ. θεόν; 26, 2; Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 4 p. 332, 1 Jac. and Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 84 §352 κ. δαίμονα; Jos., Ant. 4, 143 ὁ κ. τοῦτον[=θεόν] βίος; Just., D. 5, 1 κ. τινας … Πλατωνικούς; Tat. 1, 3 κ. … τὸν κωμικόν) Ro 8:27; 2 Cor 7:9–11; κ. Χριστὸν Ἰ. Ro 15:5. κ. κύριον 2 Cor 11:17. Cp. 1 Pt 1:15. κ. τ. Ἕλληνας in the manner of the Greeks, i.e. polytheists PtK 2, p. 14, 1; 7. κ. Ἰουδαίους ln. 25.

β. the norm according to which a judgment is rendered, or rewards or punishments are given ἀποδοῦναι τινι κ. τ. πρᾶξιν or ἔργα αὐτοῦ (Ps 61:13; Pr 24:12; Just., A I, 12, 1; 17, 4 al.; κατʼ ἀξίαν τῶν πράξεων) Mt 16:27; Ro 2:6; 2 Ti 4:14; Rv 2:23. μισθὸν λήμψεται κ. τ. ἴδιον κόπον 1 Cor 3:8. κρίνειν κ. τι J 7:24; 8:15; 1 Pt 1:17; cp. Ro 2:2.

γ. of a standard of any other kind κ. τ. χρόνον ὸ̔ν ἠκρίβωσεν in accordance w. the time which he had ascertained Mt 2:16. κ. τ. πίστιν ὑμῶν acc. to your faith 9:29. κ. τ. δύναμιν acc. to his capability 25:15 (Just., D. 139, 4; Tat. 12, 3; cp. Just., A II, 13, 6 κ. δύναμιν). Cp. Lk 1:38; 2:29; Ro 8:4; 10:2; Eph 4:7. ἀνὴρ κ. τ. καρδίαν μου Ac 13:22 (καρδία 1bε).

δ. Oft. the norm is at the same time the reason, so that in accordance with and because of are merged: οἱ κ. πρόθεσιν κλητοί Ro 8:28. κατʼ ἐπιταγὴν θεοῦ 16:26; 1 Ti 1:1; Tit 1:3. κ. ἀποκάλυψιν Eph 3:3 (Just., D. 78, 2). οἱ καθʼ ὑπομονὴν ἔργου ἀγαθοῦ Ro 2:7. κατʼ ἐκλογήν 11:5 (Just., D. 49, 1). Cp. κ. τὴν βουλήν Eph 1:11 (Just., A I, 63, 16 al.); 2 Th 2:9; Hb 7:16. κ. τί γνώσομαι τοῦτο; by what shall I know this? (cp. Gen 15:8) Lk 1:18.—Instead of ‘in accordance w.’ κ. can mean simply because of, as a result of, on the basis of (Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 219 D.: κ. τοὺς νόμους; Jos., Ant. 1, 259; 278; Just., A I, 54, 1 κατʼ ἐνέργειαν τῶν φαύλων δαιμόνων; Ath. 7, 1 κ. συμπάθειαν τῆς παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ πνοῆς; 32, 1 κ. χρησμόν). κ. πᾶσαν αἰτίαν for any and every reason (αἰτία 1) Mt 19:3. κ. ἀποκάλυψιν Gal 2:2. Cp. Ro 2:5; 1 Cor 12:8 (κ. τ. πνεῦμα = διὰ τοῦ πν.); Eph 1:5; 4:22b; Phil 4:11; 1 Ti 5:21; 2 Ti 1:9; Tit 3:5; κ. ἀνάγκην Phlm 14 (Ar. 1, 2; 4, 2 al.; Just., A I, 30, 1; 61, 10; Ath. 24, 2); IPol 1:3. ὁ κ. τὸ πολὺ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς 1 Pt 1:3.—καθʼ ὅσον (Thu. 4, 18, 4) in so far as, inasmuch as Hb 3:3. καθʼ ὅσον …, κ. τοσοῦτο in so far as …, just so far (Lysias 31, 8; Galen, De Dignosc. Puls. 3, 2, VIII 892 K.) 7:20, 22.

ⓑ as a periphrasis to express equality, similarity, or example in accordance with, just as, similar(ly) to (TestJob 32:6 τίς γὰρ κ. σε ἐν μέσῳ τῶν τέκνων σου; Tat. 25, 1 κ. … τὸν Πρωτέα like Proteus; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 50: sheep are not burden-bearers κ. τοὺς ὄνους=as donkeys are).

α. κ. τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν μὴ ποιεῖτε do not do as they do Mt 23:3. κ. Ἰσαάκ just as Isaac Gal 4:28. κ. θεὸν κτισθείς Eph 4:24 (Synes., Prov. 2, 2 p. 118c κ. θεόν=just as a god). Cp. Col 3:10. κ. τὸν τύπον Hb 8:5 (Ex 25:40; Mel., P. 58, 424 [νόμον v.l.]). Cp. 5:6 (Ps 109:4); 8:9 (Jer 38: 32); Js 3:9.—κ. τὰ αὐτά in (just) the same way (OGI 56, 66; PEleph 2, 6; 1 Macc 8:27; 12:2; Just., D. 1, 2; 3, 5; 113, 3) Lk 6:23, 26; 17:30; Dg 3:1. On the other hand, the sing. κ. τὸ αὐτό Ac 14:1 means together (marriage contract PEleph 1, 5 [IV B.C.] εἶναι ἡμᾶς κ. ταὐτό; 1 Km 11:11). καθʼ ὸ̔ν τρόπον just as (2 Macc 6:20; 4 Macc 14:17) Ac 15:11; 27:25. καθʼ ὅσον …, οὕτως (just) as …, so Hb 9:27. κ. πάντα τρόπον in every way (PSI 520, 16 [250 B.C.]; PCairZen 631, 2; 3 Macc 3:24) Ro 3:2. κ. μηδένα τρόπον (PMagd 14, 9 [221 B.C.]; PRein 7, 31; 3 Macc 4:13; 4 Macc 4:24; Just., D. 35, 7; s. Reader, Polemo 262) 2 Th 2:3. Cp. Johannessohn, Kasus, 1910, 82. κατά w. acc. serves in general

β. to indicate the nature, kind, peculiarity or characteristics of a thing (freq. as a periphrasis for the adv.; e.g. Antiochus of Syracuse [V B.C.]: 555 Fgm. 12 Jac. κ. μῖσος=out of hate, filled with hate) κατʼ ἐξουσίαν with authority or power Mk 1:27. κ. συγκυρίαν by chance Lk 10:31. κ. ἄγνοιαν without knowing Ac 3:17 (s. ἄγνοια 2a). κ. ἄνθρωπον 1 Cor 3:3 al. (s. Straub 15; Aeschyl., Th. 425; ἄνθρωπος 2b). κ. κράτος powerfully, Ac 19:20 (κράτος 1a). κ. λόγον reasonably, rightly (Pla.; Polyb. 1, 62, 4; 5; 5, 110, 10; Jos., Ant. 13, 195; PYale 42, 24 [12 Jan., 229 B.C.]) 18:14 (but s. above 5aα). λέγειν τι κ. συγγνώμην οὐ κατʼ ἐπιταγήν say someth. as a concession, not as a command 1 Cor 7:6; cp. 2 Cor 8:8. κ. τάξιν in (an) order(ly manner) 1 Cor 14:40 (τάξις 2). κατʼ ὀφθαλμοδουλίαν with eye-service Eph 6:6. μηδὲν κατʼ ἐριθείαν μηδὲ κ. κενοδοξίαν Phil 2:3. κ. ζῆλος zealously 3:6a, unless this pass. belongs under 6 below, in its entirety. κ. σάρκα on the physical plane Ro 8:12f; 2 Cor 1:17; also 5:16ab, if here κ. ς. belongs w. οἴδαμεν or ἐγνώκαμεν (as Bachmann, JWeiss, H-D Wendland, Sickenberger take it; s. 7a below). καθʼ ὑπερβολήν (PTebt 42, 5f [c. 114 B.C.] ἠδικημένος καθʼ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπὸ, Ἁρμιύσιος; 4 Macc 3:18) beyond measure, beyond comparison Ro 7:13; 1 Cor 12:31; 2 Cor 4:17. καθʼ ὁμοιότητα (Aristot.; Gen 1:12; Philo, Fug. 51; Tat. 12, 4 κ. τὸ ὅμοιον αὐτῇ) in a similar manner Hb 4:15b. κ. μικρόν in brief B 1:5 (μικρός 1eγ).

⑥ denoting relationship to someth., with respect to, in relation to κ. σάρκα w. respect to the flesh, physically of human descent Ro 1:3; 4:1; 9:3, 5 (Ar. 15, 7 κ. σάρκα … κ. ψυχήν; Just., D. 43, 7 ἐν τῷ γένει τῷ κ. σάρκα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ al.). κ. τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον 7:22 (cp. POxy 904, 6 πληγαῖς κατακοπτόμενον κ. τὸ σῶμα). Cp. Ro 1:4; 11:28; Phil 3:5, 6b (for vs. 6a s. 5bβ above); Hb 9:9b. τὰ κ. τινα (Hdt. 7, 148; Diod S 1, 10, 73; Aelian, VH 2, 20; PEleph 13, 3; POxy 120, 14; Tob 10:9; 1 Esdr 9:17; 2 Macc 3:40; 9:3 al.) someone’s case, circumstances Ac 24:22 (cp. PEleph 13, 3 τὰ κ. σε; Just., A I, 61, 13 τὰ κ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν πάντα, D. 102, 2 τὰ κ. αὐτόν; Ath. 24, 4 τὸ κ. τοὺς ἀγγέλους); 25:14; Eph 6:21; Phil 1:12; Col 4:7. κ. πάντα in all respects (since Thu. 4, 81, 3; Sb 4324, 3; 5761, 22; SIG 834, 7; Gen 24:1; Wsd 19:22; 2 Macc 1:17; 3 Macc 5:42; JosAs 1:7; Just., A II, 4, 4, D. 35, 8 al.); Ac 17:22; Col 3:20, 22a; Hb 2:17 (Artem. 1, 13 αὐτῷ ὅμοιον κ. π.); 4:15a.

⑦ Somet. the κατά phrase, which would sound cumbersome in the rendering ‘such-and-such’, ‘in line with’, or ‘in accordance with’, is best rendered as an adj., a possessive pron., or with a genitival construction to express the perspective from which something is perceived or to be understood. In translation it thus functions as

ⓐ an adj. (Synes., Kingdom 4 p. 4d τὰ κατʼ ἀρετὴν ἔργα i.e. the deeds that are commensurate with that which is exceptional = virtuous deeds; PHib 27, 42 ταῖς κ. σελήνην ἡμέραις; 4 Macc 5:18 κ. ἀλήθειαν=ἀληθής; Just., A I, 2, 1 τοὺς κ. ἀλήθειαν εὐσεβεῖς; Tat. 26, 2 τῆς κ. ἀλήθειαν σοφίας) οἱ κ. φύσιν κλάδοι the natural branches Ro 11:21. ἡ κατʼ εὐσέβειαν διδασκαλία 1 Ti 6:3; cp. Tit 1:1b. οἱ κ. σάρκα κύριοι the earthly masters (in wordplay, anticipating the κύριος who is in the heavens, vs. 9) Eph 6:5. Cp. 2 Cor 5:16b, in case (s. 5bβ above) κ. ς. belongs w. Χριστόν (as the majority, incl. Ltzm., take it): a physical Christ, a Christ in the flesh, in his earthly relationships (σάρξ 5). Correspondingly in vs. 16a κ. ς. would be taken w. οὐδένα: no one simply as a physical being.—JMartyn, JKnox Festschr., ’67, 269–87.

ⓑ a possessive pron., but with limiting force (Demosth. 2, 27 τὰ καθʼ ὑμᾶς ἐλλείμματα [i.e. in contrast to the activities of others: ‘your own’]; Aelian, VH 2, 42 ἡ κατʼ αὐτὸν ἀρετή; 3, 36; OGI 168, 17 παραγεγονότες εἰς τοὺς καθʼ ὑμᾶς τόπους; SIG 646, 6; 807, 15 al.; UPZ 20, 9 [II B.C.] ἐπὶ τῆς καθʼ ἡμᾶς λειτουργίας; PTebt 24, 64; 2 Macc 4:21; Tat. 42, 1 τίς ὁ θεὸς καὶ τίς ἡ κατʼ αὐτὸν ποίησις; Mel., HE 4, 26, 7 ἡ καθʼ ἡμᾶς φιλοσοφία) τῶν καθʼ ὑμᾶς ποιητῶν τινες some of your (own) poets Ac 17:28. ἡ καθʼ ὑμᾶς πίστις Eph 1:15. ὁ καθʼ ὑμᾶς νόμος Ac 18:15. τὸ κατʼ ἐμὲ πρόθυμον my eagerness Ro 1:15.

ⓒ a gen. w. a noun (Polyb. 3, 113, 1 ἡ κ. τὸν ἥλιον ἀνατολή; 2, 48, 2; 3, 8, 1 al.; Diod S 14, 12 ἡ κ. τὸν τύραννον ὠμότης; Dionys. Hal. 2, 1; SIG 873, 5 τῆς κ. τ. μυστήρια τελετῆς; 569, 22; 783, 20; PTebt 5, 25; PLond III, 1164k, 20 p. 167 [212 A.D.] ὑπὸ τοῦ κ. πατέρα μου ἀνεψιοῦ) τὰ κ. Ἰουδαίους ἔθη the customs of the Judeans Ac 26:3 (Tat. 12, 5 τῇ κ. Βαβυλωνίους προγνωστικῇ; 34, 2 ἡ κ. τὸν Ἀριστόδημον πλαστική). Cp. 27:2. ἡ κ. πίστιν δικαιοσύνη the righteousness of faith Hb 11:7. ἡ κατʼ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις purpose of election Ro 9:11.—Here also belong the titles of the gospels εὐαγγέλιον κατὰ Ματθαῖον etc., where κατά is likew. periphrasis for a gen. (cp. JLydus, De Mag. 3, 46 p. 136, 10 Wünsch τῆς κ. Λουκανὸν συγγραφῆς; Herodian 2, 9, 4 of an autobiography ἐν τῷ καθʼ αὑτὸν βίῳ; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 18 τ. καθʼ αὐτὸν ἱστορίαν; 2 Macc 2:13. Cp. B-D-F §163; 224, 2; Zahn, Einleitung §49; BBacon, Why ‘According to Mt’? Exp., 8th ser., 16, 1920, 289–310).—On the periphrasis of the gen. by κατά s. Rudberg (ἀνά beg.) w. many exx. fr. Pla. on. But it occurs as early as Thu. 6, 16, 5 ἐν τῷ κατʼ αὐτοὺς βίῳ.—M-M. DELG. EDNT. TW.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > κατά
50 πνεῦμα

πνεῦμα, ατος, τό (πνέω; Aeschyl., Pre-Socr., Hdt.+. On the history of the word s. Rtzst., Mysterienrel.³ 308ff).

① air in movement, blowing, breathing (even the glowing exhalations of a volcanic crater: Diod S 5, 7, 3)

ⓐ wind (Aeschyl. et al.; LXX, EpArist, Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 343; 349; SibOr 8, 297) in wordplay τὸ πνεῦμα πνεῖ the wind blows J 3:8a (EpJer 60 πνεῦμα ἐν πάσῃ χώρᾳ πνεῖ. But s. TDonn, ET 66, ’54f, 32; JThomas, Restoration Qtrly 24, ’81, 219–24). ὀθόνη πλοίου ὑπὸ πνεύματος πληρουμένη MPol 15:2. Of God ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα who makes his angels winds Hb 1:7; 1 Cl 36:3 (both Ps 103:4).

ⓑ the breathing out of air, blowing, breath (Aeschyl. et al.; Pla., Tim. 79b; LXX) ὁ ἄνομος, ὅν ὁ κύριος Ἰησοῦς ἀνελεῖ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 2 Th 2:8 (cp. Is 11:4; Ps 32:6).

② that which animates or gives life to the body, breath, (life-)spirit (Aeschyl. et al.; Phoenix of Colophon 1, 16 [Coll. Alex. p. 231] πν.=a breathing entity [in contrast to becoming earth in death]; Polyb. 31, 10, 4; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 4 p. 394b, 8ff; PHib 5, 54 [III B.C.]; PGM 4, 538; 658; 2499; LXX; TestAbr A 17 p. 98, 19 [Stone p. 44] al.; JosAs 19:3; SibOr 4, 46; Tat. 4:2) ἀφιέναι τὸ πνεῦμα give up one’s spirit, breathe one’s last (Eur., Hec. 571; Porphyr., Vi. Plotini 2) Mt 27:50. J says for this παραδιδόναι τὸ πν. 19:3 (cp. ApcMos 31 ἀποδῶ τὸ πν.; Just., D. 105, 5). Of the return of the (life-)spirit of a deceased person into her dead body ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πν. αὐτῆς Lk 8:55 (cp. Jdg 15:19). εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθεμαι τὸ πν. μου into your hands I entrust my spirit 23:46 (Ps 30:6; for alleged focus on ἐλπίζειν s. EBons, BZ 38, ’94, 93–101). κύριε Ἰησοῦ, δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου Ac 7:59; composite of both passages AcPl Ha 10, 23 (cp. ApcMos 42). τὸ πν. μου ὁ δεσπότης δέξεται GJs 23:3 (on the pneuma flying upward after death cp. Epicharm. in Vorsokrat. 23 [=13, 4th ed.], B 9 and 22; Eur., Suppl. 533 πνεῦμα μὲν πρὸς αἰθέρα, τὸ σῶμα δʼ ἐς γῆν; PGM 1, 177ff τελευτήσαντός σου τὸ σῶμα περιστελεῖ, σοῦ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα … εἰς ἀέρα ἄξει σὺν αὑτῷ ‘when you are dead [the angel] will wrap your body … and take your spirit with him into the sky’). τὸ σῶμα χωρὶς πν. νεκρόν ἐστιν Js 2:26. πν. ζωῆς ἐκ τ. θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν ἐν αὐτοῖς (i.e. the prophet-witnesses who have been martyred) Rv 11:11 (cp. Ezk 37:10 v.l. εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτοὺς πνεῦμα ζωῆς; vs. 5). Of the spirit that animated the image of a beast, and enabled it to speak and to have Christians put to death 13:15.—After a person’s death, the πν. lives on as an independent being, in heaven πνεύματα δικαὶων τετελειωμένων Hb 12:23 (cp. Da 3:86 εὐλογεῖτε, πνεύματα καὶ ψυχαὶ δικαίων, τὸν κύριον). According to non-biblical sources, the πν. are in the netherworld (cp. En 22:3–13; Sib Or 7, 127) or in the air (PGM 1, 178), where evil spirits can prevent them from ascending higher (s. ἀήρ2b). τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν πορευθεὶς ἐκήρυξεν 1 Pt 3:19 belongs here if it refers to Jesus’ preaching to the spirits of the dead confined in Hades (so Usteri et al.; s. also JMcCulloch, The Harrowing of Hell, 1930), whether it be when he descended into Hades, or when he returned to heaven (so RBultmann, Bekenntnis u. Liedfragmente im 1 Pt: ConNeot11, ’47, 1–14).—CClemen, Niedergefahren zu den Toten 1900; JTurmel, La Descente du Christ aux enfers 1905; JMonnier, La Descente aux enfers 1906; HHoltzmann, ARW 11, 1908, 285–97; KGschwind, Die Niederfahrt Christi in die Unterwelt 1911; DPlooij, De Descensus in 1 Pt 3:19 en 4:6: TT 47, 1913, 145–62; JBernard, The Descent into Hades a Christian Baptism (on 1 Pt 3:19ff): Exp. 8th ser., 11, 1916, 241–74; CSchmidt, Gespräche Jesu mit seinen Jüngern: TU 43, 1919, 452ff; JFrings, BZ 17, 1926, 75–88; JKroll, Gott u. Hölle ’32; RGanschinietz, Katabasis: Pauly-W. X/2, 1919, 2359–449; Clemen² 89–96; WBieder, Die Vorstellung v. d. Höllenfahrt Jesu Chr. ’49; SJohnson, JBL 79, ’60, 48–51; WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits ’65. S. also the lit. in Windisch, Hdb.² 1930, exc. on 1 Pt 3:20; ESelwyn, The First Ep. of St. Peter ’46 and 4c below.—This is prob. also the place for θανατωθεὶς μὲν σαρκὶ ζωοποιηθεὶς δὲ πνεύματι• ἐν ᾧ καὶ … 1 Pt 3:18f (some mss. read πνεύματι instead of πνεύμασιν in vs. 19, evidently in ref. to the manner of Jesus’ movement; πνεῦμα is that part of Christ which, in contrast to σάρξ, did not pass away in death, but survived as an individual entity after death; s. ἐν 7). Likew. the contrast κατὰ σάρκα … κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 1:3f. Cp. 1 Ti 3:16.

③ a part of human personality, spirit

ⓐ when used with σάρξ, the flesh, it denotes the immaterial part 2 Cor 7:1; Col 2:5. Flesh and spirit=the whole personality, in its outer and inner aspects, oft. in Ign.: IMg 1:2; 13:1a; ITr ins; 12:1; IRo ins; ISm 1:1; IPol 5:1; AcPl Ant 13, 18 (=Aa I 237, 3).—In the same sense beside σῶμα, the body (Simplicius, In Epict. p. 50, 1; Ps.-Phoc. 106f; PGM 1, 178) 1 Cor 5:3–5; 7:34.—The inner life of humans is divided into ψυχὴ καὶ πνεῦμα (cp. Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 10 p. 370c τὶ θεῖον ὄντως ἐνῆν πνεῦμα τῇ ψυχῇ=a divine spirit was actually in the soul; Wsd 15:11; Jos., Ant. 1, 34; Tat. 13, 2; 15, 1 et al.; Ath. 27, 1. S. also Herm. Wr. 10, 13; 16f; PGM 4, 627; 630. ἐκ τριῶν συνεστάναι λέγουσι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος καὶ πνεύματος Did., Gen. 55, 14) Hb 4:12. Cp. Phil 1:27. τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα 1 Th 5:23 (s. GMilligan, Thess. 1908, 78f; EvDobschütz in Meyer X⁷ 1909, 230ff; EBurton, Spirit, Soul, and Flesh 1918; AFestugière, La Trichotomie des 1 Th 5:23 et la Philos. gr.: RSR 20, 1930, 385–415; CMasson, RTP 33, ’45, 97–102; FGrant, An Introd. to NT Thought ’50, 161–66). σαρκί, ψυχῇ, πνεύματι IPhld 11:2.

ⓑ as the source and seat of insight, feeling, and will, gener. as the representative part of human inner life (cp. PGM 4, 627; 3 Km 20:5; Sir 9:9 al.; Just., D. 30, 1; Did., Gen. 232, 5) ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ Mk 2:8. ἀναστενάξας τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ λέγει 8:12 (s. ἀναστενάζω). ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πν. μου Lk 1:47 (in parallelism w. ψυχή vs. 46, as Sir 9:9). ἠγαλλιάσατο τῷ πν. 10:21 v.l., Ἰησοῦς ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πν. J 11:33 (s. ἐμβριμάομαι 3); Ἰης. ἐταράχθη τῷ πν. 13:21. παρωξύνετο τὸ πν. αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ Ac 17:16; ζέων τῷ πν. with spirit-fervor 18:25 (s. ζέω). τὸ παιδίον ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι Lk 1:80; 2:40 v.l.; ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πν. Paul made up his mind Ac 19:21 (some would put this pass. in 6c, but cp. Lk 1:66 and analogous formulations Hom. et al. in L-S-J-M s.v. τίθημι A6). προσκυνήσουσιν τῷ πατρὶ ἐν πνεύματι of the spiritual, i.e. the pure, inner worship of God, that has nothing to do w. holy times, places, appurtenances, or ceremonies J 4:23; cp. vs. 24b. πν. συντετριμμένον (Ps 50:19) 1 Cl 18:17; 52:4.—2 Cl 20:4; Hv 3, 12, 2; 3, 13, 2.—This usage is also found in Paul. His conviction (s. 5 below) that the Christian possesses the (divine) πνεῦμα and thus is different fr. all other people, leads him to choose this word in preference to others, in order to characterize a believer’s inner being gener. ᾧ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ πν. μου Ro 1:9. οὐκ ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ πν. μου 2 Cor 2:13. Cp. 7:13. As a matter of fact, it can mean simply a person’s very self or ego: τὸ πνεῦμα συμμαρτυρεῖ τῷ πνεύματι ἡμῶν the Spirit (of God) bears witness to our very self Ro 8:16 (cp. PGM 12, 327 ἠκούσθη μου τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπὸ πνεύματος οὐρανοῦ). ἀνέπαυσαν τὸ ἐμὸν πν. καὶ τὸ ὑμῶν they have refreshed both me and you 1 Cor 16:18. ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χρ. μετά τοῦ πν. (ὑμῶν) Gal 6:18; Phil 4:23; Phlm 25. Cp. 2 Ti 4:22. Likew. in Ign. τὸ ἐμὸν πν. my (unworthy) self IEph 18:1; IRo 9:3; cp. 1 Cor 2:11a—On the relation of the divine Spirit to the believer’s spiritual self, s. SWollenweider, Der Geist Gottes als Selbst der Glaubenden: ZTK 93, ’96, 163–92.—Only a part of the inner life, i.e. that which concerns the will, is meant in τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής Mt 26:41; Mk 14:38; Pol 7:2. That which is inferior, anxiety, fear of suffering, etc. is attributed to the σάρξ.—The mng. of the expr. οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι Mt 5:3 is difficult to determine w. certainty (cp. Pla., Ep. 7, 335a πένης ἀνὴρ τὴν ψυχήν. The dat. as τῇ ψυχῇ M. Ant. 6, 52; 8, 51). The sense is prob. those who are poor in their inner life, because they do not have a misdirected pride in their own spiritual riches (s. AKlöpper, Über den Sinn u. die ursprgl. Form der ersten Seligpreisung der Bergpredigt bei Mt: ZWT 37, 1894, 175–91; RKabisch, Die erste Seligpreisung: StKr 69, 1896, 195–215; KKöhler, Die ursprgl. Form der Seligpreisungen: StKr 91, 1918, 157–92; JBoehmer, De Schatkamer 17, 1923, 11–16, TT [Copenhagen] 4, 1924, 195–207, JBL 45, 1926, 298–304; WMacgregor, ET 39, 1928, 293–97; VMacchioro, JR 12, ’32, 40–49; EEvans, Theology 47, ’44, 55–60; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 134ff; Betz, SM 116 n. 178 for Qumran reff.).

ⓒ spiritual state, state of mind, disposition ἐν ἀγάπῃ πνεύματί τε πραΰτητος with love and a gentle spirit 1 Cor 4:21; cp. Gal 6:1. τὸ πν. τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν Eph 4:23 (s. νοῦς 2a). ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τοῦ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος with the imperishable (gift) of a quiet disposition 1 Pt 3:4.

④ an independent noncorporeal being, in contrast to a being that can be perceived by the physical senses, spirit (ELangton, Good and Evil Spirits ’42).

ⓐ God personally: πνεῦμα ὁ θεός J 4:24a (Ath. 16, 2; on God as a spirit, esp. in the Stoa, s. MPohlenz, D. Stoa ’48/49. Hdb. ad loc. Also Celsus 6, 71 [Stoic]; Herm. Wr. 18, 3 ἀκάματον μέν ἐστι πνεῦμα ὁ θεός).

ⓑ good, or at least not expressly evil spirits or spirit-beings (cp. CIG III, 5858b δαίμονες καὶ πνεύματα; Proclus on Pla., Cratyl. p. 69, 6; 12 Pasqu.; En 15:4; 6; 8; 10; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 15f [Stone p. 10, 15f] πάντα τὰ ἐπουράνια πνεύματα; TestAbr B 13 p. 117, 26 [Stone p. 82] ὑψηλὸν πν.; PGM 3, 8 ἐπικαλοῦμαί σε, ἱερὸν πνεῦμα; 4, 1448; 3080; 12, 249) πνεῦμα w. ἄγγελος (cp. Jos., Ant. 4, 108; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 33; 8, 12) Ac 23:8f. God is ὁ παντὸς πνεύματος κτίστης καὶ ἐπίσκοπος 1 Cl 59:3b.—Pl., God the μόνος εὐεργέτης πνεύματων 1 Cl 59:3a. Cp. 64 (s. on this Num 16:22; 27:16. Prayers for vengeance fr. Rheneia [Dssm., LO 351–55=LAE 423ff=SIG 1181, 2] τὸν θεὸν τὸν κύριον τῶν πνευμάτων; PGM 5, 467 θεὸς θεῶν, ὁ κύριος τῶν πν.; sim. the magic pap PWarr 21, 24; 26 [III A.D.]); the πατὴρ τῶν πνευμάτων Hb 12:9. Intermediary beings (in polytheistic terminology: δαίμονες) that serve God are called λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα Hb 1:14. In Rv we read of the ἑπτὰ πνεύματα (τοῦ θεοῦ) 1:4; 3:1; 4:5; 5:6; s. ASkrinjar, Biblica 16, ’35, 1–24; 113–40.— Ghost Lk 24:37, 39.

ⓒ evil spirits (PGM 13, 798; 36, 160; TestJob 27, 2; ApcSed [both Satan]; AscIs 3:28; Just., D. 39, 6 al.; Ath. 25, 3), esp. in accounts of healing in the Synoptics: (τὸ) πνεῦμα (τὸ) ἀκάθαρτον (Just., D. 82, 3) Mt 12:43; Mk 1:23, 26; 3:30; 5:2, 8; 7:25; 9:25a; Lk 8:29; 9:42; 11:24; Rv 18:2. Pl. (TestBenj 5:2) Mt 10:1; Mk 1:27; 3:11; 5:13; 6:7; Lk 4:36; 6:18; Ac 5:16; 8:7; Rv 16:13; ending of Mk in the Freer ms.—τὸ πν. τὸ πονηρόν Ac 19:15f. Pl. (En 99:7; TestSim 4:9; 6:6, TestJud 16:1; Just., D. 76, 6) Lk 7:21; 8:2; Ac 19:12f.—πν. ἄλαλον Mk 9:17; cp. vs. 25b (s. ἄλαλος). πν. πύθων Ac 16:16 (s. πύθων). πν. ἀσθενείας Lk 13:11. Cp. 1 Ti 4:1b. πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου (s. δαιμόνιον 2) Lk 4:33. πνεύματα δαιμονίων Rv 16:14 (in effect = personified ‘exhalations’ of evil powers; for the combination of πν. and δαιμ. cp. the love spell Sb 4324, 16f τὰ πνεύματα τῶν δαιμόνων τούτων).—Abs. of a harmful spirit Mk 9:20; Lk 9:39; Ac 16:18. Pl. Mt 8:16; 12:45; Lk 10:20; 11:26.—1 Pt 3:19 (s. 2 above) belongs here if the πνεύματα refer to hostile spirit-powers, evil spirits, fallen angels (so FSpitta, Christi Predigt an die Geister 1890; HGunkel, Zum religionsgesch. Verständnis des NT 1903, 72f; WBousset, ZNW 19, 1920, 50–66; Rtzst., Herr der Grösse 1919, 25ff; Knopf, Windisch, FHauck ad loc.; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism ’46, esp. 54–56, 69).—Hermas also has the concept of evil spirits that lead an independent existence, and live and reign within the inner life of a pers.; the Holy Spirit, who also lives or would like to live there, is forced out by them (cp. TestDan 4) Hm 5, 1, 2–4; 5, 2, 5–8; 10, 1, 2. τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον … ἕτερον πονηρὸν πν. 5, 1, 2. These πνεύματα are ὀξυχολία 5, 1, 3; 5, 2, 8 (τὸ πονηρότατον πν.); 10, 1, 2; διψυχία 9:11 (ἐπίγειον πν. ἐστι παρὰ τοῦ διαβόλου); 10, 1, 2; λύπη 10, 1, 2 (πάντων τῶν πνευμάτων πονηροτέρα) and other vices. On the complicated pneuma-concept of the Mandates of Hermas s. MDibelius, Hdb. exc. on Hm 5, 2, 7; cp. Leutzsch, Hermas 453f n. 133.

⑤ God’s being as controlling influence, with focus on association with humans, Spirit, spirit as that which differentiates God fr. everything that is not God, as the divine power that produces all divine existence, as the divine element in which all divine life is carried on, as the bearer of every application of the divine will. All those who belong to God possess or receive this spirit and hence have a share in God’s life. This spirit also serves to distinguish Christians fr. all unbelievers (cp. PGM 4, 1121ff, where the spirit is greeted as one who enters devotees and, in accordance w. God’s will, separates them fr. themselves, i.e. fr. the purely human part of their nature); for this latter aspect s. esp. 6 below.

ⓐ the Spirit of God, of the Lord (=God) etc. (LXX; TestSim 4:4; JosAs 8:11; ApcSed 14:6; 15:6; ApcMos 43; SibOr 3, 701; Ps.-Phoc. 106; Philo; Joseph. [s. c below]; apolog. Cp. Plut., Numa 4, 6 πνεῦμα θεοῦ, capable of begetting children; s. παρθένος a) τὸ πν. τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:11b, 14; 3:16; 6:11; 1J 4:2a (Just., D. 49, 3; Tat. 13, 3; Ath. 22, 3). τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πν. 1 Pt 4:14 (Just., A I, 60, 6). τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12b. τὸ πν. κυρίου Ac 5:9; B 6:14; B 9:2 (cp. Mel., P. 32, 222). τὸ πνεῦμά μου or αὐτοῦ: Mt 12:18 (Is 42:1); Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f.—Cp. 1QS 4:21); 1 Cor 2:10a v.l.; Eph 3:16; 1 Th 4:8 (where τὸ ἅγιον is added); 1J 4:13.—τὸ πν. τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν Mt 10:20. τὸ πν. τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν Ro 8:11a.—Without the art. πν. θεοῦ (JosAs 4:9; Tat. 15:3; Theoph. Ant. 1, 5 [p. 66, 18]) the Spirit of God Mt 3:16; 12:28; Ro 8:9b, 14, 19; 1 Cor 7:40; 12:3a; 2 Cor 3:3 (πν. θεοῦ ζῶντος); Phil 3:3. πν. κυρίου Lk 4:18 (Is 61:1); Ac 8:39 (like J 3:8; 20:22; Ac 2:4, this pass. belongs on the borderline betw. the mngs. ‘wind’ and ‘spirit’; cp. Diod S 3, 60, 3 Ἕσπερον ἐξαίφνης ὑπὸ πνευμάτων συναρπαγέντα μεγάλων ἄφαντον γενέσθαι ‘Hesperus [a son of Atlas] was suddenly snatched by strong winds and vanished fr. sight’. S. HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919, 19ff; OCullmann, TZ. 4, ’48, 364); 1 Cl 21:2.

ⓑ the Spirit of Christ, of the Lord (=Christ) etc. τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ Ac 16:7. τὸ πν. Χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:32. τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς πν. Χριστοῦ 1 Pt 1:11. πν. Χριστοῦ Ro 8:9c. πν. τοῦ Χριστοῦ AcPl Ha 8, 18. ἀπὸ τοῦ πν. τοῦ χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:10. τὸ πν. Ἰης. Χριστοῦ Phil 1:19. τὸ πν. κυρίου 2 Cor 3:17b (JHermann, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61). τὸ πν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ (=θεοῦ) Gal 4:6. As possessor of the divine Spirit, and at the same time controlling its distribution among humans, Christ is called κύριος πνεύματος Lord of the Spirit 2 Cor 3:18 (s. Windisch ad loc.); but many prefer to transl. from the Lord who is the Spirit.—CMoule, OCullmann Festschr., ’72, 231–37.

ⓒ Because of its heavenly origin and nature this Spirit is called (the) Holy Spirit (cp. PGM 4, 510 ἵνα πνεύσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸ ἱερὸν πνεῦμα.—Neither Philo nor Josephus called the Spirit πν. ἅγιον; the former used θεῖον or θεοῦ πν., the latter πν. θεῖον: Ant. 4, 118; 8, 408; 10, 239; but ἅγιον πνεῦμα Orig. C. Cels 1, 40, 16).

α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον (Is 63:10f; Ps 50:13; 142:10 v.l.; cp. Sus 45 Theod.; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 10 [Stone p. 10]; JosAs 8:11 [codd. ADE]; AscIs 3, 15, 26; Just., D. 36, 6 al.) Mt 12:32 = Mk 3:29 = Lk 12:10 (τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα; on the ‘sin against the Holy Spirit’ s. HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 96–112; AFridrichsen, Le péché contre le Saint-Esprit: RHPR 3, 1923, 367–72). Mk 12:36; 13:11; Lk 2:26; 3:22; 10:21; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; 2:33; 5:3, 32; 7:51; 8:18 v.l.; 10:44, 47; 11:15; 13:2; 15:8, 28; 19:6; 20:23, 28; 21:11; 28:25; Eph 1:13 (τὸ πν. τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τὸ ἅγιον); 4:30 (τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον τοῦ θεοῦ); Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15; 1 Cl 13:1; 16:2; 18:11 (Ps 50:13); 22:1; IEph 9:1; Hs 5, 5, 2; 5, 6, 5–7 (on the relationship of the Holy Spirit to the Son in Hermas s. ALink, Christi Person u. Werk im Hirten des Hermas 1886; JvWalter, ZNW 14, 1913, 133–44; MDibelius, Hdb. exc. following Hs 5, 6, 8 p. 572–76).—τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα (Wsd 9:17; OdeSol 11:2; TestJob 51:2; ApcEsdr 7:16; Just. D. 25, 1 al.) Mt 28:19; Lk 12:10 (s. above), 12; Ac 1:8; 2:38 (epexegetic gen.); 4:31; 9:31; 10:45; 13:4; 16:6; 1 Cor 6:19; 2 Cor 13:13; 1J 5:7 v.l. (on the Comma Johanneum s. λόγο 3); GJs 24:4 (s. χρηματίζω 1bα). As the mother of Jesus GHb 20, 61 (HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 64ff; SHirsch, D. Vorstellg. v. e. weibl. πνεῦμα ἅγ. im NT u. in d. ältesten christl. Lit. 1927. Also WBousset, Hauptprobleme der Gnosis 1907, 9ff).

β. without the art. (s. B-D-F §257, 2; Rob. 761; 795) πνεῦμα ἅγιον (PGM 3, 289; Da 5:12 LXX; PsSol 17:37; AssMos Fgm. b; Just., D. 4, 1 al.; Ath. 24, 1. S. also Da Theod. 4:8, 9, 18 θεοῦ πνεῦμα ἅγιον or πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἅγιον) Mk 1:8; Lk 1:15, 35, 41, 67; 2:25; 4:1; 11:13; J 20:22 (Cassien, La pentecôte johannique [J 20:19–23] ’39.—See also 1QS 4:20f); Ac 2:4a; 4:8; 7:55; 8:15, 17, 19; 9:17; 10:38; 11:24; 13:9; 19:2ab; Hb 2:4; 6:4; 1 Pt 1:12 v.l.; 1 Cl 2:2; AcPl 6:18; 9:4 (restored after Aa I 110, 11); AcPlCor 2:5.—So oft. in combination w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου Ac 1:2; 4:25; Ro 5:5; 2 Ti 1:14; 1 Cl 8:1 (cp. διὰ πν. αἰωνίου Hb 9:14). διὰ φωνῆς πν. ἁγίου AcPl Ha 11, 6. ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου (Eus., PE 3, 12, 3 of the Egyptians: ἐκ τ. πνεύματος οἴονται συλλαμβάνειν τὸν γῦπα. Here πνεῦμα= ‘wind’; s. Horapollo 1, 11 p. 14f. The same of other birds since Aristot.—On the neut. πνεῦμα as a masc. principle cp. Aristoxenus, Fgm. 13 of the two original principles: πατέρα μὲν φῶς, μητέρα δὲ σκότος) Mt 1:18, 20; IEph 18:2; GJs 14:2; 19:1 (pap). ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ (PsSol 17:37; ApcZeph; Ar. 15, 1) Mt 3:11; Mk 1:8 v.l.; Lk 3:16; J 1:33b; Ac 1:5 (cp. 1QS 3:7f); 11:16; Ro 9:1; 14:17; 15:16; 1 Cor 12:3b; 2 Cor 6:6; 1 Th 1:5; 1 Pt 1:12 (without ἐν v.l.); Jd 20. ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου 2 Pt 1:21. Cp. ἐν δυνάμει πνεύματος ἁγίου Ro 15:13, 19 v.l. (for πνεύματος θεοῦ). μετὰ χαρᾶς πνεύματος ἁγίου 1 Th 1:6. διὰ ἀνακαινώσεως πνεύματος ἁγίου Tit 3:5.

ⓓ abs.

α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα. In this connection the art. is perh. used anaphorically at times, w. the second mention of a word (s. B-D-F §252; Rob. 762); perh. Mt 12:31 (looking back to vs. 28 πν. θεοῦ); Mk 1:10, 12 (cp. vs. 8 πν. ἅγιον); Lk 4:1b, 14 (cp. vs. 1a); Ac 2:4b (cp. vs. 4a).—As a rule it is not possible to assume that anaphora is present: Mt 4:1; J 1:32, 33a; 3:6a, 8b (in wordplay), 34; 7:39a; Ac 8:29; 10:19; 11:12, 28; 19:1 D; 20:3 D, 22; 21:4; Ro 8:23 (ἀπαρχή 1bβ; 2), 26a, 27; 12:11; 15:30; 2 Cor 1:22 and 5:5 (KErlemann, ZNW 83, ’92, 202–23, and s. ἀρραβών); 12:18 (τῷ αὐτῷ πν.); Gal 3:2, 5, 14 (ἐπαγγελία 1bβ); Eph 4:3 (gen. of the author); 6:17 (perh. epexegetic gen.); 1 Ti 4:1a; Js 4:5; 1J 3:24; 5:6ab (some mss. add καὶ πνεύματος to the words διʼ ὕδατος κ. αἵματος at the beg. of the verse; this is approved by HvSoden, Moffatt, Vogels, Merk, and w. reservations by CDodd, The Joh. Epistles ’46, TManson, JTS 48, ’47, 25–33), vs. 8; Rv 2:7, 11, 17, 29; 3:6, 13, 22; 14:13; 22:17; B 19:2, B 7= D 4:10 (s. ἐτοιμάζω b). ἐν τῷ πνεύματι (led) by the Spirit Lk 2:27.—Paul links this Spirit of God, known to every Christian, with Christ as liberating agent in contrast to legal constraint ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμα ἐστιν the Lord means Spirit 2 Cor 3:17a (UHolzmeister, 2 Cor 3:17 Dominus autem Spiritus est 1908; JNisius, Zur Erklärung v. 2 Cor 3:16ff: ZKT 40, 1916, 617–75; JKögel, Ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστιν: ASchlatter Festschr. 1922, 35–46; C Guignebert, Congr. d’Hist. du Christ. II 1928, 7–22; EFuchs, Christus u. d. Geist b. Pls ’32; HHughes, ET 45, ’34, 235f; CLattey, Verb. Dom. 20, ’40, 187–89; DGriffiths ET 55, ’43, 81–83; HIngo, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61 [Paul]; JDunn, JTS 21, ’70, 309–20).

β. without the art. πνεῦμα B 1:3. κοινωνία πνεύματος Phil 2:1 (κοινωνία 1 and 2). πνεύματι in the Spirit or through the Spirit Gal 3:3; 5:5, 16, 18; 1 Pt 4:6. εἰ ζῶμεν πνεύματι, πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν if we live by the Spirit, let us also walk by the Spirit Gal 5:25. Freq. used w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος 1 Pt 1:22 v.l. ἐξ (ὕδατος καὶ) πνεύματος J 3:5. ἐν πνεύματι in, by, through the Spirit Mt 22:43; Eph 2:22; 3:5; 5:18; 6:18; Col 1:8 (ἀγάπη ἐν πνεύματι love called forth by the Spirit); B 9:7. κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 8:4f; Gal 4:29. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2 (s. ἁγιασμός).—In neg. expressions: οὔπω ἧν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39b. ψυχικοὶ πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες worldly people, who do not have the Spirit Jd 19.—ἓν πνεῦμα one and the same Spirit 1 Cor 12:13; Eph 2:18; 4:4; one (in) Spirit 1 Cor 6:17.

ⓔ The Spirit is more closely defined by a gen. of thing: τὸ πν. τῆς ἀληθείας (TestJud 20:5) J 14:17; 15:26; 16:13 (in these three places the Spirit of Truth is the Paraclete promised by Jesus upon his departure); 1J 4:6 (opp. τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης, as TestJud 20:1; PsSol 8:14 πλ. πλανήσεως; Just., D. 7, 3 πλάνου καὶ ἀκαθάρτου πνεύματος; cp. 1QS 4:23); τὸ τῆς δόξης πν. 1 Pt 4:14. τὸ πν. τῆς ζωῆς the Spirit of life Ro 8:2. το πν. τῆς πίστεως 2 Cor 4:13. πν. σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως Eph 1:17 (cp. Just., D. 87, 4). πν. υἱοθεσίας Ro 8:15b (opp. πν. δουλείας vs. 15a). πν. δυνάμεως AcPl Ha 8, 25. πν. δυνάμεως καὶ ἀγάπης καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 2 Ti 1:7 (opp. πν. δειλίας). τὸ πν. τῆς χάριτος (s. TestJud 24:2) Hb 10:29 (Zech 12:10); cp. 1 Cl 46:6.

ⓕ Of Christ ‘it is written’ in Scripture: (ἐγένετο) ὁ ἔσχατος Ἀδὰμ εἰς πνεῦμα ζῳοποιοῦν 1 Cor 15:45. The scripture pass. upon which the first part of this verse is based is Gen 2:7, where Wsd 15:11 also substitutes the words πνεῦμα ζωτικόν for πνοὴν ζωῆς (cp. Just., D. 6, 2). On the other hand, s. Philo, Leg. All. 1, 42 and s. the lit. s.v. Ἀδάμ ad loc.

ⓖ The (divine) Pneuma stands in contrast to everything that characterizes this age or the finite world gener.: οὐ τὸ πν. τοῦ κόσμου ἀλλὰ τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12; cp. Eph 2:2 and 1 Ti 4:1ab.

α. in contrast to σάρξ, which is more closely connected w. sin than any other earthly material (Just., D. 135, 6): J 3:6; Ro 8:4–6, 9a, 13; Gal 3:3; 5:17ab; 6:8. Cp. B 10:9. πᾶσα ἐπιθυμία κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος στρατεύεται Pol 5:3.

β. in contrast to σῶμα (=σάρξ) Ro 8:10 and to σάρξ (=σῶμα, as many hold) J 6:63a (for τὸ πν. ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν cp. Philo, Op. Mund. 30; Herm. Wr. in Cyrill., C. Jul. I 556c=542, 24 Sc. the pneuma τὰ πάντα ζῳοποιεῖ καὶ τρέφει. S. also f above). Cp. Ro 8:11b.

γ. in contrast to γράμμα, which is the characteristic quality of God’s older declaration of the divine will in the law: Ro 2:29; 7:6; 2 Cor 3:6ab, 8 (cp. vs. 7).

δ. in contrast to the wisdom of humans 1 Cor 2:13.

⑥ the Spirit of God as exhibited in the character or activity of God’s people or selected agents, Spirit, spirit (s. HPreisker, Geist u. Leben ’33).

ⓐ πνεῦμα is accompanied by another noun, which characterizes the working of the Spirit more definitely: πνεῦμα καὶ δύναμις spirit and power Lk 1:17; 1 Cor 2:4. Cp. Ac 10:38; 1 Th 1:5. πνεῦμα καὶ ζωή J 6:63b. πνεῦμα κ. σοφία Ac 6:3; cp. vs. 10 (cp. TestReub 2:6 πνεῦμα λαλίας). πίστις κ. πνεῦμα ἅγιον 6:5 (cp. Just., D. 135, 6). χαρὰ καὶ πνεῦμα ἅγ. 13:52.

ⓑ Unless frustrated by humans in their natural condition, the Spirit of God produces a spiritual type of conduct Gal 5:16, 25 and produces the καρπὸς τοῦ πνεύματος vs. 22 (s. Vögtle under πλεονεξία).

ⓒ The Spirit inspires certain people of God B 12:2; B 13:5, above all, in their capacity as proclaimers of a divine revelation (Strabo 9, 3, 5 the πνεῦμα ἐνθουσιαστικόν, that inspired the Pythia; Περὶ ὕψους 13, 2; 33, 5 of the divine πν. that impels prophets and poets to express themselves; schol. on Pla. 856e of a μάντις: ἄνωθεν λαμβάνειν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ πληροῦσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ; Aristobulus in Eus., PE 8, 10, 4 [=Fgm. 2, 4 p. 136 Holladay] τὸ θεῖον πν., καθʼ ὸ̔ καὶ προφήτης ἀνακεκήρυκται ‘[Moses possessed] the Divine Spirit with the result that he was proclaimed a prophet’; AscIs 1:7 τὸ πν. τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν ἐμοί; AssMos Fgm. f εἶδεν πνεύματι ἐπαρθείς; Just., A I, 38, 1 al.; Ath. 10, 3 τὸ προφητικὸν πν. Cp. Marinus, Vi. Procli 23 of Proclus: οὐ γὰρ ἄνευ θείας ἐπινοίας … διαλέγεσθαι; Orig., C. Cels. 3, 28, 23). προφητεία came into being only as ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου φερόμενοι ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 2 Pt 1:21; cp. Ac 15:29 v.l.; cp. 1 Cl 8:1. David Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; cp. Ac 1:16; 4:25. Isaiah Ac 28:25. Moses B 10:2, B 9; the Spirit was also active in giving the tables of the law to Moses 14:2. Christ himself spoke in the OT διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου 1 Cl 22:1. The ἱεραὶ γραφαί are called αἱ διὰ τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἁγίου 45:2.—The Christian prophet Agabus also ἐσήμαινεν διὰ τοῦ πν. Ac 11:28; cp. Ac 21:11. Likew. Ign. IPhld 7:2. In general the Spirit reveals the most profound secrets to those who believe 1 Cor 2:10ab.—1 Cl claims to be written διὰ τοῦ ἁγ. πν. 63:2. On Ac 19:21 s. 3b.

ⓓ The Spirit of God, being one, shows the variety and richness of its life in the different kinds of spiritual gifts which are granted to certain Christians 1 Cor 12:4, 7, 11; cp. vs. 13ab.—Vss. 8–10 enumerate the individual gifts of the Spirit, using various prepositions: διὰ τοὺ πν. vs. 8a; κατὰ τὸ πν. vs. 8b; ἐν τῷ πν. vs. 9ab. τὸ πν. μὴ σβέννυτε do not quench the Spirit 1 Th 5:19 refers to the gift of prophecy, acc. to vs. 20.—The use of the pl. πνεύματα is explained in 1 Cor 14:12 by the varied nature of the Spirit’s working; in vs. 32 by the number of persons who possess the prophetic spirit; on the latter s. Rv 22:6 and 19:10.

ⓔ One special type of spiritual gift is represented by ecstatic speaking. Of those who ‘speak in tongues’ that no earthly person can understand: πνεύματι λαλεῖ μυστήρια expresses secret things in a spiritual way 1 Cor 14:2. Cp. vss. 14–16 and s. νοῦς 1b. τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπερεντυγχάνει στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις the Spirit pleads in our behalf with groans beyond words Ro 8:26b. Of speech that is ecstatic, but expressed in words that can be understood λαλεῖν ἐν πνεύματι D 11:7, 8; cp. vs. 9 (on the subject-matter 1 Cor 12:3; Jos., Ant. 4, 118f; TestJob 43:2 ἀναλαβὼν Ἐλιφᾶς πν. εἶπεν ὕμνον). Of the state of mind of the seer of the Apocalypse: ἐν πνεύματι Rv 17:3; 21:10; γενέσθαι ἐν πν. 1:10; 4:2 (s. γίνομαι 5c, ἐν 4c and EMoering, StKr 92, 1920, 148–54; RJeske, NTS 31, ’85, 452–66); AcPl Ha 6, 27. On the Spirit at Pentecost Ac 2:4 s. KLake: Beginn. I 5, ’33, 111–21. κατασταλέντος τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἐν Μύρτῃ when the Spirit (of prophecy) that was in Myrta ceased speaking AcPl Ha 7, 9.

ⓕ The Spirit leads and directs Christian missionaries in their journeys (Aelian, NA 11, 16 the young women are led blindfolded to the cave of the holy serpent; they are guided by a πνεῦμα θεῖον) Ac 16:6, 7 (by dreams, among other methods; cp. vs. 9f and s. Marinus, Vi. Procli 27: Proclus ἔφασκεν προθυμηθῆναι μὲν πολλάκις γράψαι, κωλυθῆναι δὲ ἐναργῶς ἔκ τινων ἐνυπνίων). In Ac 16:6–7 τὸ ἅγιον πν. and τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ are distinguished.

⑦ an activating spirit that is not fr. God, spirit: πν. ἔτερον a different (kind of) spirit 2 Cor 11:4. Cp. 2 Th 2:2; 1J 4:1–3. Because there are persons activated by such spirits, it is necessary to test the var. kinds of spirits (the same problem Artem. 3, 20 περὶ διαφορᾶς μάντεων, οἷς δεῖ προσέχειν καὶ οἷς μή) 1 Cor 12:10; 1J 4:1b. ὁ διάβολος πληροῖ αὐτὸν αὐτοῦ πν. Hm 11:3. Also οὐκ οἴδατε ποίου πνεύματός ἐστε Lk 9:55 v.l. distinguishes betw. the spirit shown by Jesus’ disciples, and another kind of spirit.—Even more rarely a spirit divinely given that is not God’s own; so (in a quot. fr. Is 29:10) a πνεῦμα κατανύξεως Ro 11:8.

⑧ an independent transcendent personality, the Spirit, which appears in formulas that became more and more fixed and distinct (cp. Ath. 12, 2; Hippol., Ref. 7, 26, 2.—Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 12 θεόν, υἱόν πατρός, πνεῦμα ἐκ πατρὸς ἐκπορευόμενον ἓν ἐκ τριῶν καὶ ἐξ ἑνὸς τρία, ταῦτα νόμιζε Ζῆνα, τόνδʼ ἡγοῦ θεόν=‘God, son of the father, spirit proceeding from the father, one from three and three from one, consider these as Zeus, think of this one as God’. The entire context bears a Christian impress.—As Aion in gnostic speculation Iren. 1, 2, 5 [Harv. I 21, 2]): βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος Mt 28:19 (on the text s. βαπτίζω 2c; on the subject-matter GWalther, Die Entstehung des Taufsymbols aus dem Taufritus: StKr 95, 1924, 256ff); D 7:1, 3. Cp. 2 Cor 13:13; 1 Cl 58:2; IEph 9:1; IMg 13:1b, 2; MPol 14:3; 22:1, 3; Epil Mosq 5. On this s. HUsener, Dreiheit: RhM 58, 1903, 1ff; 161ff; 321ff; esp. 36ff; EvDobschütz, Zwei-u. dreigliedrige Formeln: JBL 50, ’31, 116–47 (also Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 92–100); Norden, Agn. Th. 228ff; JMainz, Die Bed. der Dreizahl im Judentum 1922; Clemen² 125–28; NSöderblom, Vater, Sohn u. Geist 1909; DNielsen, Der dreieinige Gott I 1922; GKrüger, Das Dogma v. der Dreieinigkeit 1905, 46ff; AHarnack, Entstehung u. Entwicklung der Kirchenverfassung 1910, 187ff; JHaussleiter, Trinitarischer Glaube u. Christusbekenntnis in der alten Kirche: BFCT XXV 4, 1920; JLebreton, Histoire du dogme de la Trinité I: Les origines⁶ 1927; RBlümel, Pls u. d. dreieinige Gott 1929.—On the whole word FRüsche, D. Seelenpneuma ’33; HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919; EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 486–95; PVolz, Der Geist Gottes u. d. verwandten Erscheinungen im AT 1910; JHehn, Zum Problem des Geistes im alten Orient u. im AT: ZAW n.s. 2, 1925, 210–25; SLinder, Studier till Gamla Testamentets föreställningar om anden 1926; AMarmorstein, Der Hl. Geist in der rabb. Legende: ARW 28, 1930, 286–303; NSnaith, The Distinctive Ideas of the OT ’46, 229–37; FDillistone, Bibl. Doctrine of the Holy Spirit: Theology Today 3, ’46/47, 486–97; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 341–46; ESchweizer, CDodd Festschr., ’56, 482–508; DLys, Rûach, Le Souffle dans l’AT, ’62; DHill, Gk. Words and Hebr. Mngs. ’67, 202–93.—HGunkel, Die Wirkungen des Hl. Geistes² 1899; HWeinel, Die Wirkungen des Geistes u. der Geister im nachap. Zeitalter 1899; EWinstanley, The Spirit in the NT 1908; HSwete, The Holy Spirit in the NT 1909, The Holy Spirit in the Ancient Church 1912; EScott, The Spirit in the NT 1923; FBüchsel, Der Geist Gottes im NT 1926; EvDobschütz, Der Geistbesitz des Christen im Urchristentum: Monatsschr. für Pastoral-theol. 20, 1924, 228ff; FBadcock, ‘The Spirit’ and Spirit in the NT: ET 45, ’34, 218–21; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 151–62 (Eng. tr. KGrobel, ’51, I 153–64); ESchweizer, Geist u. Gemeinde im NT ’52, Int 6, ’52, 259–78.—WTosetti, Der Hl. Geist als göttliche Pers. in den Evangelien 1918; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion. Der Ursprung des Geistbegriffs der Syn. Ev. aus der griech. Mystik 1922; AFrövig, Das Sendungsbewusstsein Jesu u. der Geist 1924; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist nach Syn. Überl.: Studies in Early Christianity, presented to FCPorter and BWBacon 1928, 209–36; FSynge, The Holy Spirit in the Gospels and Acts: CQR 120, ’35, 205–17; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit and the Gospel Trad. ’47.—ESokolowski, Die Begriffe Geist u. Leben bei Pls 1903; KDeissner, Auferstehungshoffnung u. Pneumagedanke bei Pls 1912; GVos, The Eschatological Aspect of the Pauline Conception of the Spirit: Bibl. and Theol. Studies by the Faculty of Princeton Theol. Sem. 1912, 209–59; HBertrams, Das Wesen des Geistes nach d. Anschauung des Ap. Pls 1913; WReinhard, Das Wirken des Hl. Geistes im Menschen nach den Briefen des Ap. Pls 1918; HHoyle, The Holy Spirit in St. Paul 1928; PGächter, Z. Pneumabegriff des hl. Pls: ZKT 53, 1929, 345–408; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik des Ap. Pls 1930, 159–74 al. [Mysticism of Paul the Apostle, tr. WMontgomery ’31, 160–76 al.]; E-BAllo, RB 43, ’34, 321–46 [1 Cor]; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. after Ro 8:11; Synge [s. above], CQR 119, ’35, 79–93 [Pauline epp.]; NWaaning, Onderzoek naar het gebruik van πνεῦμα bij Pls, diss. Amsterd. ’39; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 167–200.—HvBaer, Der Hl. Geist in den Lukasschriften 1926; MGoguel, La Notion joh. de l’Esprit 1902; JSimpson, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: Exp., 9th ser., 4, 1925, 292–99; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist im J.: Amicitiae Corolla (RHarris Festschr.) ’33, 303–18; WLofthouse, The Holy Spirit in Ac and J: ET 52, ’40/41, 334–36; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: JTS 1 n.s., ’50, 1–15; FCrump, Pneuma in the Gospels, diss. Catholic Univ. of America, ’54; GLampe, Studies in the Gospels (RHLightfoot memorial vol.) ’55, 159–200; NHamilton, The Holy Spirit and Eschatology in Paul, ’57; WDavies, Paul and the Dead Sea Scrolls, Flesh and Spirit: The Scrolls and the NT, ed. KStendahl, ’57, 157–82.—GJohnston, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Holy Spirit’ in the Qumran Lit.: NT Sidelights (ACPurdy Festschr.) ’60, 27–42; JPryke, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Flesh’ in Qumran and NT, RevQ 5, ’65, 346–60; HBraun, Qumran und d. NT II, ’66, 150–64; DHill, Greek Words and Hebrew Meanings, ’67, 202–93; WBieder, Pneumatolog. Aspekte im Hb, OCullmann Festschr. ’72, 251–59; KEasley, The Pauline Usage of πνεύματι as a Reference to the Spirit of God: JETS 27, ’84, 299–313 (statistics).—B. 260; 1087. Pauly-W. XIV 387–412. BHHW I 534–37. Schmidt, Syn. II 218–50. New Docs 4, 38f. DELG s.v. πνέω. M-M. Dict. de la Bible XI 126–398. EDNT. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πνεῦμα
51 propiedad

f.

1 ownership (derecho).

tener algo en propiedad to own something

propiedad ajena other people's property

propiedad horizontal joint ownership

propiedad industrial (in a block of flats) patent rights

propiedad intelectual copyright

propiedad privada private property

propiedad pública public ownership

2 property.

3 accuracy.

expresarse o hablar con propiedad to express oneself precisely, to use words properly

4 propriety, decency, correctness, appropriateness.

* * *

propiedad

► nombre femenino

1 (derecho) ownership

■ ¿a quién corresponde la propiedad de esta finca? to whom does this property belong?

■ este campo es de mi propiedad I own this field, this field is my property

2 (bien inmueble) property

■ tiene propiedades por toda la costa he has properties all along the coast

3 (corrección) propriety

■ compórtate con propiedad behave properly

■ hay que aprender a hablar con propiedad one must learn to speak correctly

4 (cualidad) property

■ el apio tiene muy buenas propiedades celery has excellent properties

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

propiedad intelectual copyright

propiedad particular private property

propiedad privada private property

* * *

noun f.

1) property

2) ownership

* * *

SF

1) (=pertenencia) possession, ownership

• ser de la propiedad de algn — to be the property of sb, belong to sb

es propiedad del municipio — it is the property of the town, it belongs to the council, it's council property

una finca de la propiedad del marqués — an estate belonging to the marquis

• en propiedad, tener un puesto de trabajo en propiedad — to have tenure

tener un piso/una parcela en el cementerio en propiedad — to own a flat/a plot of land in the cemetery

adquirir una vivienda/un terreno en propiedad — to purchase a home/a piece of land ( land or property)

ceder algo a algn en propiedad — to transfer to sb the full rights (of ownership) over sth, transfer sth completely to sb

propiedad privada — private ownership

no pasar - propiedad privada — no entry - private property

propiedad pública — public ownership

2) (=objeto poseído) property

una propiedad — a property, a piece of property

este diamante es una de sus propiedades más preciadas — this diamond is one of her most treasured possessions

propiedad particular — private property

3) (Quím, Med) property

4) (=característica) property, attribute

5) (=adecuación) propriety

discutir la propiedad de una palabra — to discuss the appropriateness of a word

hablar con propiedad — to speak properly o correctly

hablar español con propiedad — (=expresarse bien) to have a good command of Spanish; (=hablar correctamente) to speak Spanish correctly, speak correct Spanish

6) (=exactitud) accuracy

lo reproduce con toda propiedad — he reproduces it faithfully

7) (Com) (=derechos) right, rights pl

es propiedad — copyright

propiedad industrial — patent rights pl

propiedad intelectual, propiedad literaria — copyright

* * *

femenino

1)

a) ( pertenencia)

la casa no es de mi propiedad — I don't own the house

la finca es propiedad de mi hijo — the estate belongs to my son

delito contra la propiedad — crime against property

les dejó los terrenos en propiedad — she left them the freehold to the land

los cuadros son propiedad de la fundación — the paintings are the property of the foundation

b) ( lo poseído) property

2) ( cualidad) property; ( corrección)

hablar/expresarse con propiedad — to speak/express oneself correctly

comportarse con propiedad — to behave with decorum

•

- propiedad inmobiliaria

- propiedad industrial

- propiedad intelectual

- propiedad privada/pública

* * *

femenino

1)

a) ( pertenencia)

la casa no es de mi propiedad — I don't own the house

la finca es propiedad de mi hijo — the estate belongs to my son

delito contra la propiedad — crime against property

les dejó los terrenos en propiedad — she left them the freehold to the land

los cuadros son propiedad de la fundación — the paintings are the property of the foundation

b) ( lo poseído) property

2) ( cualidad) property; ( corrección)

hablar/expresarse con propiedad — to speak/express oneself correctly

comportarse con propiedad — to behave with decorum

•

- propiedad inmobiliaria

- propiedad industrial

- propiedad intelectual

- propiedad privada/pública

* * *

propiedad¹

¹ = ownership, domain, estate, backyard, property.

Nota: Posesión.

Ex: The masthead is the statement of title, ownership, editors, etc., of a newspaper or periodical.

Ex: The CRONOS data bank includes a FISH domain, with data on catches and fleet statistics, and the COMEXT data bank covers the external trade statistics of fisheries.

Ex: The Portland Archive is one of the most valuable family and estate archives in the country describing how the Porland family built up its estates.

Ex: Yet today the world has become the personal backyard of every owner of a television set.

Ex: No property except bottles and casks containing this liquor shall be destroyed.

* base de datos de propiedades = properties database.

* carencia de propiedad rural = landlessness.

* datos en propiedad = property data.

* declaración de propiedad = claim.

* delito contra la propiedad = property crime.

* de + Posesivo + propiedad = personal property.

* de propiedad exclusiva = proprietary.

* de propiedad privada = privately owned [privately-owned], privately run.

* derechos de la propiedad intelectual = intellectual property rights.

* derechos de propiedad = property rights.

* deterioro de propiedad alquilada = dilapidation.

* en propiedad de extranjeros = foreign-owned.

* expropiación de propiedades = property condemnation.

* impuesto sobre la propiedad inmobiliaria = property tax.

* industria de la propiedad = property industry.

* industria de la propiedad intelectual = intellectual property industry.

* información sobre propiedades inmobiliarias = real estate information.

* ley de propiedad intelectual = intellectual property law.

* Ley de Propiedad Intelectual, la = Copyright Act, the.

* límites de una propiedad = metes and bounds.

* mercado de la propiedad = property market.

* multipropiedad = multiproperty.

* perder propiedades = lose + property.

* propiedad comercial = business property.

* propiedad cultural = cultural property.

* propiedad de = owned by.

* propiedad de la empresa = company-owned.

* propiedad del estado = state property.

* propiedad del gobierno = government-owned.

* propiedades = holdings, bricks and mortar.

* propiedad estatal = state property.

* propiedad exclusiva = exclusive right.

* propiedad industrial = industrial property.

* propiedad inmobiliaria = real estate, home ownership.

* propiedad intelectual = intellectual property.

* propiedad militar = military property.

* propiedad privada = private property, private estate.

* registrar como propiedad literaria = copyright.

* sello de propiedad = ownership stamp.

* sin propiedades = propertyless.

* sin propiedad rural = landless.

* tenencia en propiedad = propertisation [propertization, -USA].

* valor de la propiedad = property value.

propiedad²

² = property.

Nota: Característica.

Ex: A characteristic of subdivision is an attribute or property which all concepts in a given facet have in common, and by which isolates can be grouped.

* propiedad física = physical property.

* propiedad mecánica = mechanical property.

* propiedad medicinal = medicinal value.

* propiedad química = chemical property.

* * *

propiedad

feminine

A

1

(pertenencia): la casa no es de mi propiedad, es alquilada the house isn't mine o I don't own the house, it's rented

la finca es propiedad de mi hijo the estate belongs to o is owned by my son

se disputan la propiedad de las tierras they're in dispute over the ownership of the land

la empresa es de propiedad estatal the company is in state ownership

delito contra la propiedad crime against property

les dejó los terrenos en propiedad she left them the freehold to the land

los cuadros exhibidos son propiedad de la fundación the paintings on show are the property of the foundation

2 (lo poseído) property

B

1 (cualidad) property

2

(corrección): habla/se expresa con propiedad she speaks/expresses herself correctly

se comportó con propiedad he behaved with decorum

Compuestos:

● propiedad horizontal

(sistema) condominium ( AmE), joint freehold ( BrE); (edificio) condominium ( AmE) ( building owned under joint freehold)

● propiedad industrial

patent rights (pl)

● propiedad inmobiliaria

real estate, property ( BrE)

● propiedad intelectual

copyright

● propiedad privada/pública

private/public property

* * *

propiedad sustantivo femenino
1
a) ( pertenencia) property;

◊ son propiedad del museo they are the property of the museum;

la casa es propiedad de mi hijo the house belongs to my son
b) ( lo poseído) property;

◊ propiedad intelectual copyright;

propiedad privada/pública private/public property
2 ( cualidad) property;
( corrección):
◊ con propiedad ‹ hablar› correctly;

‹ comportarse› with decorum
propiedad sustantivo femenino
1 (de bienes) ownership, property
propiedad intelectual, copyright
2 (cualidad, característica) property, quality
3 (de lenguaje, comportamiento) correctness
' propiedad' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
bien
- embargar
- heredar
- inscribir
- pertenencia
- proteger
- reclamar
- titular1
- usurpar
- virtud
- arrendatario
- condominio
- corrección
- devaluar
- extender
- finca
- lonja
- minifundio
- pertenecer
- revalorizar
English:
appraisal
- assess
- assign
- be
- condo
- condominium
- equity
- exclusive
- ownership
- private property
- property
- revert
- trespass
- estate
- free
- mortgage
- private
- real
- title

* * *

propiedad nf

1. [derecho] ownership;
[bienes] property;
la casa es propiedad de sus padres the house belongs to o is owned by her parents;

pertenecer en propiedad a alguien to rightfully belong to sb;

tener algo en propiedad to own sth

Comp
propiedad horizontal condominium, horizontal property;
la legislación en materia de propiedad horizontal the legislation on ownership of properties in tenements;

propiedad industrial patent rights;

propiedad inmobiliaria real estate;

propiedad intelectual copyright;

propiedad privada private property;

propiedad pública public ownership

2. [facultad] property;

las propiedades de una sustancia the properties of a substance;

con propiedades medicinales with medicinal properties

3. [exactitud] accuracy;

expresarse o [m5] hablar con propiedad to use words properly;

empleaste esa expresión con mucha propiedad you used exactly the right expression there

* * *

propiedad

f property;

ser propiedad de alguien be s.o.’s property

* * *

propiedad nf

1) : property

propiedad privada: private property

2) : ownership

3) cualidad: property, quality

4) : suitability, appropriateness

* * *

propiedad n property [pl. properties]

ser propiedad de alguien to belong to somebody / to be owned by somebody

Spanish-English dictionary > propiedad
52 lugar

m.

1 place.

en algún lugar somewhere

no lo veo por ningún lugar I can't see it anywhere

vuelve a ponerlo todo en su lugar put everything back where it belongs

yo en tu lugar if I were you

fuera de lugar (figurative) out of place

lugar de encuentro meeting place

lugar de trabajo place of work

2 place, town.

las gentes del lugar the local people

lugar de nacimiento place of birth

3 position (post).

en primer/segundo lugar in the first/second place, firstly/secondly

4 room, space.

aquí ya no hay lugar para más gente there's no room for anyone else here

* * *

lugar

► nombre masculino

1 (sitio, ciudad) place

■ tiene que aparecer por algún lugar it has to be somewhere

■ he descubierto el lugar más idílico del mundo I've discovered the most idyllic place in the world

■ la iglesia no es lugar para bailar the church is no place to dance

2 (posición, situación) place, position

■ tú ponte en mi lugar y lo entenderás put yourself in my position and you'll understand

■ ¿qué lugar ocupa en la empresa? what's her position in the company?

3 (espacio) room, space

■ ya no hay lugar para más muebles there's no room for any more furniture

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

dar lugar a to give rise to

dejar a alguien en mal lugar to make somebody look foolish, show somebody up

en lugar de instead of

en primer lugar firstly

fuera de lugar (descolocado) out of place 2 (inoportuno) inappropriate

hacer lugar to make room

no ha lugar la protesta objection overruled

sin lugar a dudas undoubtedly

tener lugar to take place

lugar común commonplace

* * *

noun m.

1) place

2) position

3) space

•

- en lugar de
- tener lugar
* * *

SM

1) (=sitio) place

dejó las joyas en lugar seguro — she left the jewels in a safe place

es un lugar muy bonito — it is a lovely spot o place

devolver un libro a su lugar — to put a book back in its place

el concierto será en un lugar cerrado — the concert will take place indoors o at an indoor venue

el lugar del crimen — the scene of the crime

• algún lugar — somewhere

una emisión desde algún lugar de Europa — a broadcast from somewhere in Europe

lo escondió en algún lugar de la casa — she hid it somewhere around the house

• los Santos Lugares — the Holy Places

- poner las cosas en su lugar

lugar común — cliché, commonplace

lugar de encuentro — meeting-place

lugar geométrico — locus
composición 3)
2) (=posición)

a) [en lista, carrera, trabajo]

ocupa un buen lugar en la empresa — she has a good position o post at the company

ocupar el lugar de algn — to take sb's place

llegó en último lugar — he came last

• en primer lugar, se han clasificado en primer lugar — they have qualified in first place

en primer lugar, me gustaría agradecer la invitación — first of all o firstly, I would like to thank you for inviting me

b) (=situación)

yo, en tu lugar, no iría — I wouldn't go if I were you

usted póngase en mi lugar — put yourself in my place o shoes

en su lugar, ¡descanso! — (Mil) stand easy!

• dejar a algn en buen/mal lugar — [comportamiento] to reflect well/badly on sb; [persona] to make sb look good/bad

• estar fuera de lugar — to be out of place

sentirse fuera de lugar — to feel out of place

- encontrar un lugar bajo el sol

c)

• en lugar de — instead of

vino el portavoz en lugar del ministro — the spokesman came instead of the minister, the spokesman came in the minister's place

¿puedo asistir yo en su lugar? — can I go instead?

en lugar de escribir, me llamó por teléfono — instead of writing, he called me

en lugar de ir a la piscina, ¿por qué no vamos a la playa? — why don't we go to the beach instead of the swimming pool?

3) (=ocasión) opportunity, chance

si se me da el lugar — if I have the opportunity o chance

no hubo lugar para decir lo que pensaba — there was no opportunity to say what I thought

no hay lugar para preocupaciones — there is no cause for concern

• dar lugar a algo — to give rise to sth, lead to sth

• dejar lugar a algo — to leave room for sth

los datos no dejan lugar a dudas — the figures leave no room for doubt

la situación no dejaba lugar al optimismo — the situation left little room for o gave few grounds for optimism

• sin lugar a dudas — without doubt, undoubtedly

• no ha lugar, una reacción tan fuerte, francamente no ha lugar — there is no need for such a violent response

-¡protesto! -no ha lugar — (Jur) "objection!" - "overruled"

• tener lugar — to take place, happen, occur

- a como dé o diera lugar

4) (=espacio) room, space

no hay lugar para escribir nada más — there's no room o space to write any more

¿hay lugar? — is there any room?

hacer lugar para algo — to make room for sth

5) (=localidad) place

En un lugar de la Mancha... — Somewhere in La Mancha...

del lugar — local

un vino del lugar — a local wine

las gentes del lugar — the local people, the locals

lugar de nacimiento — [gen] birthplace; [en impreso] place of birth

lugar de trabajo — workplace

* * *

masculino

1) ( sitio) place

no es éste el lugar — this is not the place

en cualquier otro lugar — anywhere else

cambiar los muebles de lugar — to move the furniture around

en algún lugar — somewhere

consérvese en lugar fresco — keep in a cool place

el lugar del suceso — the scene of the incident

2) (localidad, región)

los habitantes del lugar — the local people

lugar y fecha de nacimiento — place and date of birth

3)

a) ( espacio libre) room

hacer lugar para alguien/algo — to make room o space for somebody/something

b) ( asiento) seat

4)

a) ( situación) place

yo en tu lugar... — if I were you...

ponte en mi lugar — put yourself in my place

b) (en organización, jerarquía) place

nadie puede ocupar el lugar de la madre — nobody can take a mother's place

según el lugar que ocupan en la lista — according to their position on the list

se clasificó en primer/quinto lugar — she finished in first/fifth place

5)

dar lugar a — (a una disputa, a comentarios) to provoke, give rise to

han dado lugar a que la gente hable — their behavior has set people talking

6) (Der)

no ha lugar la protesta — the objection is overruled

7) (en locs)

en lugar de — instead of

ella firmó en mi lugar — she signed on my behalf

en primer lugar: se tratarán en primer lugar they will be dealt with first; en primer lugar porque... first of all o firstly because...; en último lugar: y en último lugar... and finally o lastly...; a como dé/diera lugar (AmL): se trata de venderlo a como dé lugar the idea is to sell it any way we can; a como diera lugar yo iba a entrar one way or another I was going to get in; dejar a alguien en mal lugar to put somebody in an awkward position; poner a alguien en su lugar to put somebody in her/his place; sin lugar a dudas without doubt, undoubtedly; tener lugar — to take place

•

- lugar común

* * *

= area, locality, location, place, locus [loci, -pl.], site, spot, slot.

Ex. The area in which standards for bibliographic description have had the most impact is in catalogues and catalogue record data bases.

Ex. To overcome these problems users must think of all the various names that might have been applied, and must understand something of the geography and administration of the locality concerned.

Ex. Having been alerted to the existence of a document, the user needs information concerning the actual location of the document, in order that the document may be read.

Ex. Period and place can also be added to any heading, though there are restrictions on the latter: in certain subjects place takes preference over subject.

Ex. The locus of government policy making has been shifted to the Ministry of Research and Technology.

Ex. Here, families from many different communities were up-rooted and resettled on greenfield sites, many miles away from relatives and friends.

Ex. There was also a spot from which, if you struck the floor with a hard rap of your heel, you could almost count the reverberations as the sound bounced from floor to ceiling to walls to floor.

Ex. These frames are of different types and have slots also of different types, which can be filled by other frames.

----

* asignar un lugar = give + Nombre + a place in.

* auxiliares de lugar = area table.

* cambiar de lugar = relocate, resite [re-site].

* cambio de lugar = relocation.

* cambio + tener lugar = change + take place.

* colocación fuera de lugar = misplacement.

* colocado en lugar erróneo = misplaced.

* colocar en el lugar donde = put in + the place where.

* colocar en su lugar = drop into + place.

* colocar en un lugar = put into + place.

* colocar en un lugar erróneo = misplace.

* confinado a un lugar concreto = site-bound.

* conseguir ocupar un lugar específico = secure + a niche.

* Consejo Internacional de Museos y Lugares de Interés (ICOMS) = International Council of Museums and Sites (ICOMOS).

* curso que tiene lugar fuera de la universidad = extension course, off-campus course.

* dar lugar = produce.

* dar lugar a = cause, generate, give + rise to, mean, result (in), leave + room for, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar lugar a la reflexión = provide + food for thought.

* dar lugar a problemas = give + rise to problems.

* dar lugar a queja = evoke + complaint.

* dar lugar a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* de lugares más distantes = from further afield.

* demostrar sin lugar a dudas = prove + conclusively.

* desplazarse de un lugar a otro = move from + place to place.

* distribuido en varios lugares = multilocationed.

* el lugar que le corresponde a = the due place of.

* emplazado en un lugar lejano = outstation.

* en algún lugar = somewhere, at some point.

* en algún lugar (de por ahí) = somewhere out there.

* encontrarse fuera de lugar = be out of + Posesivo + element, be out of place.

* en cualquier lugar = everywhere, anywhere.

* en cualquier otro lougar = everywhere else.

* en cualquier otro lugar = anywhere else.

* en cuarto lugar = fourthly.

* en el lugar del accidente = at the scene of the accident.

* en el lugar de los hechos = at the scene.

* en lugar de = as opposed to, in place of, instead of, rather than, in lieu of.

* en lugar del accidente = at the scene.

* en lugar de otro = vicariously.

* en lugares cerrados = indoors.

* en ningún lugar = nowhere.

* en otro lugar = elsewhere, off-site [offsite].

* en primer lugar = firstly, in the first place, in the first instance, first and foremost, first off.

* en quinto lugar = fifthly.

* en segundo lugar = secondly, second-best [2nd-best], in the second place.

* en su lugar = instead, in + Posesivo + stead.

* en tercer lugar = thirdly, on the third hand.

* en un lugar central = centrally located.

* en un lugar céntrico = centrally located.

* en un lugar diferente de = somewhere other than.

* en un lugar distinto a = somewhere other than.

* en un lugar seguro = in a safe place, in safekeeping.

* estar en el lugar adecuado en el momento adecuado = be in the right place at the right time.

* estar en el lugar indicado en el momento indicado = be in the right place at the right time.

* estar en el lugar oportuno en el momento oportuno = be in the right place at the right time.

* estar fuera de lugar = be out of place, be out of order.

* fuera de lugar = out of place, uncalled-for.

* gallito del lugar, el = cock-of-the-walk.

* ganarse un lugar en el corazón de Alguien = win + a place in + heart.

* habitante del lugar = local, local resident.

* hacerse un lugar = carve out + a place.

* hacer una marca para indicar el lugar donde uno se ha quedado leyendo = mark + Posesivo + place.

* lugar acogedor = welcoming place.

* lugar aglomerado = crowded quarter.

* lugar ameno = locus amoenus.

* lugar atrasado = backwater.

* lugar común de alimentación = feeding ground.

* lugar común de encuentro = meeting ground.

* lugar cultural = cultural site.

* lugar de acampada = campsite [camp site], camping site, campground.

* lugar de aterrizaje = landing site, landing area.

* lugar de celebración = venue.

* lugar de celebración del congreso = conference venue.

* lugar de cita = meeting ground.

* lugar de cría = breeding ground, breeding area.

* lugar de descanso = resting place.

* lugar de diversión = playground.

* lugar de encuentro = meeting place, meeting point, gathering place, tryst.

* lugar de entretenimiento nocturno = night spot.

* lugar de honor = pride of place.

* lugar de impresión = place of printing.

* lugar de interés = attraction, sight.

* lugar del crimen = scene of the crime.

* lugar de nacimiento = birthplace, place of birth.

* lugar de origen = locality of origin.

* lugar de parada = halting place.

* lugar de pasto = feeding ground.

* lugar de prueba alfa = alpha test site, alpha site.

* lugar de prueba beta = beta test site.

* lugar de pruebas = test site.

* lugar de publicación = place of publication.

* lugar de recogida = pick-up location, pick-up point, drop-off point.

* lugar de residencia = place of residence.

* lugar destacado = prime space.

* lugar de trabajo = affiliation, institutional affiliation, working environment, workplace, work setting, place of work, worksite [work site], home institution.

* lugar de trabajo del autor = author affiliation.

* lugar de vacaciones = tourist destination.

* lugar donde las aves pasan la noche = roost.

* lugar donde pasar el rato = hang out.

* lugar en el mercado de venta = market niche.

* lugar en la ordenación = filing position.

* lugar escondido = secluded spot.

* lugares de interés = sights.

* lugar específico = niche.

* lugar físico = physical place.

* lugar frecuentado = hang out.

* lugar histórico = historic site, historical site.

* lugar interesante = hot spot.

* lugar oculto = hidden storage place, secret storage location, secret storage place, secret holding location, secret cell.

* lugar para comer = eating facility.

* lugar pintoresco = beauty spot.

* lugar privilegiado = place in the sun.

* lugar protegido = safe haven, safe harbour.

* lugar público = public place.

* lugar que le corresponde = Posesivo + rightful place.

* lugar que nos corresponde = place in the sun.

* lugar remoto = secluded spot.

* lugar resguardado del viento y soleado = suntrap.

* lugar seguro = safe haven, safe place.

* lugar visible = prime space.

* nombre de lugar = place name.

* no tener lugar = fall through.

* ocasión + dar lugar a = occasion + give rise to.

* ocupar el lugar de = take + the place of.

* ocupar el lugar de Alguien = take + Posesivo + place.

* ocupar un lugar = hold + a place, occupy + place.

* ocupar un lugar destacado para + Pronombre = stand + high on + Posesivo + list.

* ocupar un lugar en una clasificación = rank.

* ocupar un lugar importante = take + pride of place.

* ocupar un lugar prioritario en los intereses de Alguien = rank + high on + Posesivo + agenda.

* ocupar un lugar privilegiado = have + pride of place.

* ocupar un primer lugar = stand + first.

* ponerse en el lugar de = place + Reflexivo + in the position of, put + Reflexivo + in the position of.

* ponerse en el lugar de Alguien = put + Reflexivo + in + Nombre/Posesivo + shoes, wear + Posesivo + shoes, walk in + Posesivo + shoes.

* ponerse en lugar de Alguien = stand in + Posesivo + shoes.

* primer lugar de consulta = first stop.

* que huele a lugar cerrado = fusty.

* que no aparece en primer lugar = nonfirst [non-first].

* que tiene lugar una vez a la semana = once-weekly.

* residente del lugar = local resident.

* sentimiento de pertenecer a un lugar = sense of belonging.

* sentirse fuera de lugar = feel + inadequate.

* sin lugar a dudas = conclusively, undeniably, unquestionably, without any doubt, by all accounts, no mistake, no doubt, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt, to be sure.

* sistema en el que el documento aparece representado en un único lugar del ín = one-place system.

* situado en primer lugar = top-rated.

* situado en un lugar céntrico = centrally located.

* situado en un lugar lejano = outstation.

* tener lugar = take + place, go on, come to + pass.

* TIP (El Lugar de Información) = TIP (The Information Place).

* UF (úsese en lugar de) = UF (use for).

* un buen lugar de partida = a good place to start.

* variar de lugar a lugar = differ + from place to place.

* variar de un lugar a otro = vary + from place to place.

* visita con conferencia a varios lugares de un país = lecture tour.

* zona central de un lugar = heartland.

* * *

masculino

1) ( sitio) place

no es éste el lugar — this is not the place

en cualquier otro lugar — anywhere else

cambiar los muebles de lugar — to move the furniture around

en algún lugar — somewhere

consérvese en lugar fresco — keep in a cool place

el lugar del suceso — the scene of the incident

2) (localidad, región)

los habitantes del lugar — the local people

lugar y fecha de nacimiento — place and date of birth

3)

a) ( espacio libre) room

hacer lugar para alguien/algo — to make room o space for somebody/something

b) ( asiento) seat

4)

a) ( situación) place

yo en tu lugar... — if I were you...

ponte en mi lugar — put yourself in my place

b) (en organización, jerarquía) place

nadie puede ocupar el lugar de la madre — nobody can take a mother's place

según el lugar que ocupan en la lista — according to their position on the list

se clasificó en primer/quinto lugar — she finished in first/fifth place

5)

dar lugar a — (a una disputa, a comentarios) to provoke, give rise to

han dado lugar a que la gente hable — their behavior has set people talking

6) (Der)

no ha lugar la protesta — the objection is overruled

7) (en locs)

en lugar de — instead of

ella firmó en mi lugar — she signed on my behalf

en primer lugar: se tratarán en primer lugar they will be dealt with first; en primer lugar porque... first of all o firstly because...; en último lugar: y en último lugar... and finally o lastly...; a como dé/diera lugar (AmL): se trata de venderlo a como dé lugar the idea is to sell it any way we can; a como diera lugar yo iba a entrar one way or another I was going to get in; dejar a alguien en mal lugar to put somebody in an awkward position; poner a alguien en su lugar to put somebody in her/his place; sin lugar a dudas without doubt, undoubtedly; tener lugar — to take place

•

- lugar común

* * *

= area, locality, location, place, locus [loci, -pl.], site, spot, slot.

Ex: The area in which standards for bibliographic description have had the most impact is in catalogues and catalogue record data bases.

Ex: To overcome these problems users must think of all the various names that might have been applied, and must understand something of the geography and administration of the locality concerned.

Ex: Having been alerted to the existence of a document, the user needs information concerning the actual location of the document, in order that the document may be read.

Ex: Period and place can also be added to any heading, though there are restrictions on the latter: in certain subjects place takes preference over subject.

Ex: The locus of government policy making has been shifted to the Ministry of Research and Technology.

Ex: Here, families from many different communities were up-rooted and resettled on greenfield sites, many miles away from relatives and friends.

Ex: There was also a spot from which, if you struck the floor with a hard rap of your heel, you could almost count the reverberations as the sound bounced from floor to ceiling to walls to floor.

Ex: These frames are of different types and have slots also of different types, which can be filled by other frames.

* asignar un lugar = give + Nombre + a place in.

* auxiliares de lugar = area table.

* cambiar de lugar = relocate, resite [re-site].

* cambio de lugar = relocation.

* cambio + tener lugar = change + take place.

* colocación fuera de lugar = misplacement.

* colocado en lugar erróneo = misplaced.

* colocar en el lugar donde = put in + the place where.

* colocar en su lugar = drop into + place.

* colocar en un lugar = put into + place.

* colocar en un lugar erróneo = misplace.

* confinado a un lugar concreto = site-bound.

* conseguir ocupar un lugar específico = secure + a niche.

* Consejo Internacional de Museos y Lugares de Interés (ICOMS) = International Council of Museums and Sites (ICOMOS).

* curso que tiene lugar fuera de la universidad = extension course, off-campus course.

* dar lugar = produce.

* dar lugar a = cause, generate, give + rise to, mean, result (in), leave + room for, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar lugar a la reflexión = provide + food for thought.

* dar lugar a problemas = give + rise to problems.

* dar lugar a queja = evoke + complaint.

* dar lugar a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* de lugares más distantes = from further afield.

* demostrar sin lugar a dudas = prove + conclusively.

* desplazarse de un lugar a otro = move from + place to place.

* distribuido en varios lugares = multilocationed.

* el lugar que le corresponde a = the due place of.

* emplazado en un lugar lejano = outstation.

* en algún lugar = somewhere, at some point.

* en algún lugar (de por ahí) = somewhere out there.

* encontrarse fuera de lugar = be out of + Posesivo + element, be out of place.

* en cualquier lugar = everywhere, anywhere.

* en cualquier otro lougar = everywhere else.

* en cualquier otro lugar = anywhere else.

* en cuarto lugar = fourthly.

* en el lugar del accidente = at the scene of the accident.

* en el lugar de los hechos = at the scene.

* en lugar de = as opposed to, in place of, instead of, rather than, in lieu of.

* en lugar del accidente = at the scene.

* en lugar de otro = vicariously.

* en lugares cerrados = indoors.

* en ningún lugar = nowhere.

* en otro lugar = elsewhere, off-site [offsite].

* en primer lugar = firstly, in the first place, in the first instance, first and foremost, first off.

* en quinto lugar = fifthly.

* en segundo lugar = secondly, second-best [2nd-best], in the second place.

* en su lugar = instead, in + Posesivo + stead.

* en tercer lugar = thirdly, on the third hand.

* en un lugar central = centrally located.

* en un lugar céntrico = centrally located.

* en un lugar diferente de = somewhere other than.

* en un lugar distinto a = somewhere other than.

* en un lugar seguro = in a safe place, in safekeeping.

* estar en el lugar adecuado en el momento adecuado = be in the right place at the right time.

* estar en el lugar indicado en el momento indicado = be in the right place at the right time.

* estar en el lugar oportuno en el momento oportuno = be in the right place at the right time.

* estar fuera de lugar = be out of place, be out of order.

* fuera de lugar = out of place, uncalled-for.

* gallito del lugar, el = cock-of-the-walk.

* ganarse un lugar en el corazón de Alguien = win + a place in + heart.

* habitante del lugar = local, local resident.

* hacerse un lugar = carve out + a place.

* hacer una marca para indicar el lugar donde uno se ha quedado leyendo = mark + Posesivo + place.

* lugar acogedor = welcoming place.

* lugar aglomerado = crowded quarter.

* lugar ameno = locus amoenus.

* lugar atrasado = backwater.

* lugar común de alimentación = feeding ground.

* lugar común de encuentro = meeting ground.

* lugar cultural = cultural site.

* lugar de acampada = campsite [camp site], camping site, campground.

* lugar de aterrizaje = landing site, landing area.

* lugar de celebración = venue.

* lugar de celebración del congreso = conference venue.

* lugar de cita = meeting ground.

* lugar de cría = breeding ground, breeding area.

* lugar de descanso = resting place.

* lugar de diversión = playground.

* lugar de encuentro = meeting place, meeting point, gathering place, tryst.

* lugar de entretenimiento nocturno = night spot.

* lugar de honor = pride of place.

* lugar de impresión = place of printing.

* lugar de interés = attraction, sight.

* lugar del crimen = scene of the crime.

* lugar de nacimiento = birthplace, place of birth.

* lugar de origen = locality of origin.

* lugar de parada = halting place.

* lugar de pasto = feeding ground.

* lugar de prueba alfa = alpha test site, alpha site.

* lugar de prueba beta = beta test site.

* lugar de pruebas = test site.

* lugar de publicación = place of publication.

* lugar de recogida = pick-up location, pick-up point, drop-off point.

* lugar de residencia = place of residence.

* lugar destacado = prime space.

* lugar de trabajo = affiliation, institutional affiliation, working environment, workplace, work setting, place of work, worksite [work site], home institution.

* lugar de trabajo del autor = author affiliation.

* lugar de vacaciones = tourist destination.

* lugar donde las aves pasan la noche = roost.

* lugar donde pasar el rato = hang out.

* lugar en el mercado de venta = market niche.

* lugar en la ordenación = filing position.

* lugar escondido = secluded spot.

* lugares de interés = sights.

* lugar específico = niche.

* lugar físico = physical place.

* lugar frecuentado = hang out.

* lugar histórico = historic site, historical site.

* lugar interesante = hot spot.

* lugar oculto = hidden storage place, secret storage location, secret storage place, secret holding location, secret cell.

* lugar para comer = eating facility.

* lugar pintoresco = beauty spot.

* lugar privilegiado = place in the sun.

* lugar protegido = safe haven, safe harbour.

* lugar público = public place.

* lugar que le corresponde = Posesivo + rightful place.

* lugar que nos corresponde = place in the sun.

* lugar remoto = secluded spot.

* lugar resguardado del viento y soleado = suntrap.

* lugar seguro = safe haven, safe place.

* lugar visible = prime space.

* nombre de lugar = place name.

* no tener lugar = fall through.

* ocasión + dar lugar a = occasion + give rise to.

* ocupar el lugar de = take + the place of.

* ocupar el lugar de Alguien = take + Posesivo + place.

* ocupar un lugar = hold + a place, occupy + place.

* ocupar un lugar destacado para + Pronombre = stand + high on + Posesivo + list.

* ocupar un lugar en una clasificación = rank.

* ocupar un lugar importante = take + pride of place.

* ocupar un lugar prioritario en los intereses de Alguien = rank + high on + Posesivo + agenda.

* ocupar un lugar privilegiado = have + pride of place.

* ocupar un primer lugar = stand + first.

* ponerse en el lugar de = place + Reflexivo + in the position of, put + Reflexivo + in the position of.

* ponerse en el lugar de Alguien = put + Reflexivo + in + Nombre/Posesivo + shoes, wear + Posesivo + shoes, walk in + Posesivo + shoes.

* ponerse en lugar de Alguien = stand in + Posesivo + shoes.

* primer lugar de consulta = first stop.

* que huele a lugar cerrado = fusty.

* que no aparece en primer lugar = nonfirst [non-first].

* que tiene lugar una vez a la semana = once-weekly.

* residente del lugar = local resident.

* sentimiento de pertenecer a un lugar = sense of belonging.

* sentirse fuera de lugar = feel + inadequate.

* sin lugar a dudas = conclusively, undeniably, unquestionably, without any doubt, by all accounts, no mistake, no doubt, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt, to be sure.

* sistema en el que el documento aparece representado en un único lugar del ín = one-place system.

* situado en primer lugar = top-rated.

* situado en un lugar céntrico = centrally located.

* situado en un lugar lejano = outstation.

* tener lugar = take + place, go on, come to + pass.

* TIP (El Lugar de Información) = TIP (The Information Place).

* UF (úsese en lugar de) = UF (use for).

* un buen lugar de partida = a good place to start.

* variar de lugar a lugar = differ + from place to place.

* variar de un lugar a otro = vary + from place to place.

* visita con conferencia a varios lugares de un país = lecture tour.

* zona central de un lugar = heartland.

* * *

lugar

masculine

A (sitio) place

no es éste el lugar ni el momento oportuno para hablar de ello this is neither the time nor the place to discuss it

esto no está en su lugar this is not in its place, this is not where it should be o in the right place o where it belongs

en cualquier otro lugar la gente se hubiera echado a la calle anywhere else o in any other country, people would have taken to the streets

hemos cambiado los muebles de lugar we've moved the furniture around

tiene que estar en algún lugar it must be somewhere

guárdalo en un lugar seguro keep it in a safe place

[ S ] consérvese en lugar fresco keep in a cool place

se trasladaron al lugar del suceso they went to the scene of the incident

¿se te ocurre un lugar por aquí cerca donde podamos ir a comer? can you think of anywhere around here where we can go and eat?

B

(localidad, región): visité varios lugares I visited several places

los habitantes del lugar the local inhabitants o people

en un lugar de África somewhere in Africa

lugar y fecha de nacimiento place and date of birth

C

1

(espacio libre): ¿podrían hacer lugar para alguien más? could you make room o space for one more?

no hay lugar para nada más there's no room for anything else

aquí te dejé un lugar para que pongas tus cosas I left you some space here for you to put your things

2 (asiento) seat

D

1 (situación) place

ponte en mi lugar put yourself in my place

yo en tu lugar no se lo diría I wouldn't tell her if I were you

¡ya quisiera verte en mi lugar! I'd like to see what you'd do in my place o position o ( colloq) shoes

2 (en una organización, jerarquía) place

el lugar que le corresponde her rightful place o position

nadie puede ocupar el lugar de una madre nobody can take a mother's place

según el lugar que ocupan en la lista according to their position on the list

en quinto lugar se clasificó el equipo australiano the Australian team finished fifth o in fifth place o in fifth position

E

dar lugar a (a una disputa) to provoke, give rise to, spark off; (a comentarios) to give rise to, provoke

han dado lugar a que la gente hable their behavior has got o set people talking

F ( Der):

no ha lugar la protesta the objection is overruled

G ( en locs):

en lugar de instead of

fue él en lugar de su hermano he went instead of his brother o in his brother's place

en lugar de hablar tanto podrías ayudar un poco instead of talking so much you might help a bit

¿puede firmar ella en mi lugar? can she sign for me o on my behalf

¿y si en lugar de ir nosotros viene él aquí? and how about him coming here rather than us going there?

en primer/segundo/último lugar: los temas que serán tratados en primer lugar the topics which will be dealt with first

no estoy de acuerdo, en primer lugar porque … I don't agree, first of all o firstly because …

y en último lugar, hablaremos de las posibles soluciones and finally o lastly, we will discuss possible solutions

a como dé/diera lugar ( AmL): se trata de venderlo a como dé lugar the idea is to sell it however possible o however they can

a como diera lugar yo iba a entrar al concierto one way or another I was going to get into the concert

dejar a algn en mal lugar to put sb in an awkward position

hacerse un lugar (en la vida) to get on in life

no dejar lugar a dudas: lo dijo con tal convicción que no dejó lugar a dudas sobre su sinceridad she said it with such conviction that there could be no doubt about her sincerity

poner a algn en su lugar to put sb in her/his place

sin lugar a dudas without doubt, undoubtedly

tener lugar to take place

un lugar para cada cosa y cada cosa en su lugar a place for everything and everything in its place

Compuestos:

● lugar común

cliché, commonplace

● lugar geométrico

locus

* * *

lugar sustantivo masculino
1 ( en general) place;
◊ este es el lugar this is the place;

en cualquier otro lugar anywhere else;
en algún lugar somewhere;
cambiar los muebles de lugar to move the furniture around;
el lugar del suceso the scene of the incident;
yo en tu lugar … if I were you …;
ponte en mi lugar put yourself in my place;
se clasificó en primer lugar she finished in first place
2 (localidad, región):
◊ los habitantes del lugar the local people;

lugar y fecha de nacimiento place and date of birth
3
a) ( espacio libre) room;

◊ hacer lugar para algn/algo to make room o space for sb/sth;

me hizo un lugar he made me some room
b) ( asiento) seat

4
◊ dar lugar a (a disputa, comentarios) to provoke, give rise to

5 ( en locs)
◊ en lugar de instead of;

ella firmó en mi lugar she signed on my behalf;
en primer lugar ( antes que nada) first of all, firstly;
en último lugar ( finalmente) finally, lastly;
sin lugar a dudas without doubt, undoubtedly;
tener lugar to take place
lugar sustantivo masculino
1 place
la gente del lugar, the local people
en algún lugar del cuerpo/libro, in some part of the body/book
2 (ocasión) time: no hubo lugar para ello, there was no occasion for it
3 (motivo) occasion: dio lugar a un malentendido, it gave rise to a misunderstanding
♦ Locuciones: sentirse fuera de lugar to feel out of place
tener lugar, to take place
en lugar de, instead of
en mi/tu/su lugar..., if I/you/he were me/you/him...
en primer lugar, in the first place, firstly
sin lugar a dudas, without a doubt
' lugar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abandonada
- abandonado
- abandono
- abrigo
- acogedor
- acogedora
- acuartelamiento
- acudir
- airear
- alejada
- alejado
- allá
- allí
- antesala
- apartada
- apartado
- aquí
- archivo
- arena
- atrás
- baja
- bajo
- botar
- cabida
- caer
- celebrarse
- colocarse
- continuar
- damnificada
- damnificado
- darse
- definitivamente
- dejar
- delante
- dentro
- deprimida
- deprimido
- derecha
- desalojo
- desamparada
- desamparado
- desarrollarse
- desencadenar
- desencajada
- desencajado
- desentonar
- desfilar
- designar
- deslizarse
- despacho
English:
abroad
- agree
- be
- beauty spot
- birthplace
- breeding ground
- burial
- celebrate
- change
- climb
- come off
- commonplace
- commuter
- dental surgery
- designate
- desolation
- divert
- drive-through
- elsewhere
- equatorial
- erect
- everyplace
- ex
- first
- firstly
- foremost
- haunt
- high
- homeland
- in-service
- inch
- innermost
- innocent
- instead
- introduction
- landmark
- last
- lie
- lieu
- live in
- liven
- location
- lookout
- Mecca
- midterm
- misplaced
- mournful
- move back
- occupy
- palace

* * *

lugar

♦ nm

1. [sitio] place;
[del crimen, accidente] scene; [para acampar, merendar] spot;
encontraron una pistola en el lugar de los hechos they found a gun at the crime scene o scene of the crime;

¿en qué lugar habré metido las tijeras? where can I have put the scissors?;

en algún lugar somewhere;

no lo veo por ningún lugar I can't see it anywhere;

vuelve a ponerlo todo en su lugar put everything back where it belongs;

he cambiado el televisor de lugar I've moved the television;

estoy buscando un lugar donde pasar la noche I'm looking for somewhere to spend the night;

éste no es (el) lugar para discutir eso this is not the place to discuss that

Comp
lugar de anidación nesting site;
lugar de encuentro meeting place;

lugar de interés place of interest;

lugar de reunión meeting place;

lugar sagrado sanctum;

lugar de trabajo workplace

2. [localidad] place, town;

las gentes del lugar the local people;

ni los más viejos del lugar recuerdan algo semejante not even the oldest people there can remember anything like it

Comp
lugar de nacimiento [en biografía] birthplace; [en formulario, impreso] place of birth;
lugar de residencia [en formulario, impreso] place of residence;

lugar turístico Br holiday o US vacation resort;

lugar de veraneo summer resort

3. [puesto] position;

ocupa un lugar importante en la empresa she has an important position in the company, she is high up in the company;

¿puedes ir tú en mi lugar? can you go in my place?;

en primer/segundo lugar, quiero decir… in the first/second place, I would like to say…, firstly/secondly, I would like to say…;

llegó en primer/segundo lugar she finished o came first/second;

en último lugar, quiero decir… lastly o last, I would like to say…;

llegó en último lugar she came last;

ponte en mi lugar put yourself in my place;

yo en tu lugar if I were you

4. [espacio libre] room, space;

esta mesa ocupa mucho lugar this table takes up a lot of room o space;

aquí ya no hay lugar para más gente there's no room for anyone else here;

hacerle lugar a algo/alguien to make room o some space for sth/sb

5. lugar común platitude, commonplace

6. [ocasión]
dar lugar a [rumores, comentarios, debate, disputa] to give rise to;
[polémica] to spark off, to give rise to; [catástrofe] to lead to, to cause; [explosión, escape] to cause; Am
a como dé lugar whatever the cost, whatever it takes;
Der
no ha lugar objection overruled;

no hay lugar a duda there's no (room for) doubt;

sin lugar a dudas without doubt, undoubtedly

7.
tener lugar to take place;

la recepción tendrá lugar en los jardines del palacio the reception will be held in the palace gardens

8. Comp

dejar en buen lugar: el cantante mexicano dejó en buen lugar a su país the Mexican singer did his country proud;

dejar en mal lugar: no nos dejes en mal lugar y pórtate bien be good and don't show us up;

estar fuera de lugar to be out of place;

poner a alguien en su lugar to put sb in his/her place;

poner las cosas en su lugar to set things straight

♦ en lugar de loc prep

instead of;

acudió en lugar de mí she came in my place o instead of me;

en lugar de la sopa, tomaré pasta I'll have the pasta instead of the soup;

en lugar de mirar, podrías echarnos una mano you could give us a hand rather than o instead of just standing/sitting there watching

* * *

lugar

m place;

en lugar de instead of;

en primer lugar in the first place, first(ly);

fuera de lugar out of place;

yo en tu lugar if I were you, (if I were) in your place;

ponte en mi lugar put yourself in my place;

dar lugar a give rise to;

tener lugar take place;

lugar de destino posting;

sin lugar a dudas without a doubt

* * *

lugar nm

1) : place, position

se llevó el primer lugar en su división: she took first place in her division

2) espacio: space, room

3)

dar lugar a : to give rise to, to lead to

4)

en lugar de : instead of

5)

lugar común : cliché, platitude

6)

tener lugar : to take place

* * *

lugar n place

es un lugar muy tranquilo it's a very quiet place

llegó en quinto lugar he finished in fifth place

un lugar donde sentarse a place to sit / somewhere to sit

dar lugar a to give rise to [pt. gave; pp. given]

en lugar de instead of

en primer lugar firstly / first of all

estar fuera de lugar (incómodo) out of place (inoportuno) inappropriate

tener lugar to take place

Spanish-English dictionary > lugar
53 място

1. place

(точно определено) spot

(на действие, произшествие) scene; locale

(пространство) space, room

(местоположение) spot, position; locality

(за/на строеж) (building) site

(за лагер, на битка) site

място на самолет ground position, fix, ( където стои) a parking area, tarmac

място на съединение junction

място на спойка a junction point, a soldered/welded point

място на скъсване break (ing)

геометрично място на точките мат. (points) locus

свободно място (на мост) blank

място за спане sleeping accommodation

място за стоене standing-room

място за развлечение a place of amusement

място за гариране parking place

място за реклами advertising space, ( на ограда) hoarding

празно място (на бланка и пр.) blank space

отдалечено място a remote place/spot

живописно място a picturesque spot

дворно (и пр.) място plot (of ground), lot

на това място at that place

мястото, на което Ботев е бил убит the place at which Botev was killed

всичките деца бяха по местата си all the children were in their places

той е бил на няколко места he has been in several places

връщам книга на мястото й put a book back in its place, put a book where it belongs

книгата не е на мястото си the book is not in its place, the book is not where it belongs

ходя от място на място move from place to place

сменяме си местата change places (with s.o.)

ходя по разни места go places

слагам всичко на мястото му put things in their proper places

разглеждам интересните места (на селище и пр.) go sightseeing

един куршум го уби на място a bullet killed him on the spot

правя нещо на самото място do s.th. on the spot

разследвам на място make an on the spot investigation

няма място да се обърнеш there is no room to turn in, there is no room to swing a cat

тук има много място there's plenty of room here

в колата/куфара има място there's plenty of room in the car/suitcase

в колата няма място there's no room in the car

правя място на някого make room for s.o.

по липса на място for want of space

масата заема много място the table takes up a lot of room/space

напишете името си на означеното място write your name in the space indicated

хората по тези места the people hereabouts, the people in these parts

по места locally

2. (a кола, театър) seat, place

(в параход, спален вагон) berth

(в парламент) seat

в театъра има места за 300 души the theatre is seated for 300, the theatre seats 300

ангажирам/запазвам/резервирам място book a seat/place

седнете по местата си, заемете местата си take your places/seats

3. (момент в развитието на разказ п пр.) point, ( част от текст) passage

4. (служба) place, job, office, situation, position, разг. crib

вакантно място vacancy

стоя на челно място hold a high office/position

болно място tender/sore place/spot

слабо/уязвимо място a weak spot/point; foible; a tender/raw/sore spot; heel of Achilles; a blind side

топличко/изгодно място a place in the sun

мястото и датата the where and the when

отходно място lavatory, toilet, съкр. W.C. ( в лагер) latrine

отивам на едно място go to the lavatory/toilet

на първо място in the first place; first (ly); to begin with

на второ място (при изброявам) second (ly), in the second place

класирам се на първо място, заемам първо място rank first, sl. take the bun/biscuit, ам. take the cake

на мястото на in (s.o.'s) stead/place, as a replacement of (s.o.)

кой ще работи на мястото на Х? who is to replace X? who will be doing X's job?

ако бях на твое място if I were you, if I were in your place/shoes/boots

постави се на мое място put yourself in my place/position

* * *

мя̀сто,

ср., места̀ 1. place; (за спортна, политическа и пр. среща) venue; ( точно определено) spot; (на действие, произшествие) scene; locale; ( пространство) space, room; ( местоположение) spot, position, locality; (за/на строеж) (building) site; (за лагер, на битка) site; в колата няма \място there’s no room in the car; геометрично \място на точките мат. (points) locus; дворно (и пр.) \място plot (of ground), lot; \място за спане sleeping accommodation; \място на самолет ground position, fix, ( където стои) a parking area, tarmac; \място на скъсване break(ing); \място на спойка a junction point; \място на съединение junction; на това \място at that place; напишете името си на означеното \място write your name in the space indicated; няма \място да се обърнеш there is no room to turn in, there is no room to swing a cat; по липса на \място for want of space; по места locally; правя \място на някого make room for s.o.; правя нещо на самото \място do s.th. on the spot; празно \място (на бланка и пр.) blank space; разглеждам интересни места (на селище и пр.) go sightseeing; тук има много \място there’s plenty of room here; ходя по разни места go places;

2. (в кола, театър) seat, place, (в параход, спален вагон) berth; (в парламент) seat; ангажирам/запазвам/резервирам \място book a seat/place; в залата има места за 1000 души the hall is seated for 1000, the hall seats 1000; \място за краката (в кола) leg room;

3. ( момент в развитието на разказ и пр.) point, ( част от текст) passage;

4. ( служба) place, job, office, situation, position, разг. crib; вакантно \място vacancy; стоя на челно \място hold a high office/position; • ако бях на твое \място if I were you, if I were in your place/shoes/boots; болно \място tender/sore place/spot; гневът му отстъпи \място на съжалението his rage gave place to pity; забележка на \място a pat remark; заемам важно \място в дневния ред be high on the agenda; казвам/върша нещо на \място say/do s.th. at the right place/in season; казвам нещо точно на \място hit the (right)nail on the head; класирам се на първо \място, заемам първо \място rank first, sl. take the bun/biscuit, амер. take the cake; кой ще работи на \мястото на Х? who is to replace X? who will be doing X’s job? \мястото и датата the where and the when; на второ \място ( при изброяване) second(ly), in the second place; на места here and there, in some places; на първо \място in the first place; first(ly); to begin with; напитките се консумират само на \място (в заведение) drinks to be consumed on the premises only; не мога да си намеря \място, не ме хваща \място fidget, be fidgety/restless, be like a pea on a drum, be like a cat on hot bricks; не мога да си намеря \място от not be able to contain o.s. with, be beside o.s. with (joy, etc.); не на \място ( неуместно) out of place/season, ill-timed, untimely; не ти е тук \мястото you don’t belong here; оженвам/омъжвам се на добро \място marry into a good family; оставям празно/свободно \място на хартията leave a blank; отговор ( тъкмо) на \място an apt reply/retort; амер. a comeback; a pat answer; отивам на едно \място go to the lavatory/toilet; отходно \място lavatory, toilet, съкр. W.C.; (в лагер) latrine; по места! воен. stand to! постави се на мое \място suppose yourself in my place; поставям някого на \мястото му put s.o. down a peg or two, place s.o.where he belongs, snub s.o.; sl. settle s.o.’s hash; пресата отделя значително \място на the press has given considerable place to; слабо/уязвимо \място a weak spot/point; foible; a tender/raw/sore spot; heel of Achilles; стоя на едно \място stand still; стоя/тъпча на едно \място stand still, mark time; твърде много \място се отделя за too much space has been allocated to; той не е на \мястото си (в работата) he is ill-suited for the job; той никъде не може да си намери \място he doesn’t fit in anywhere, he is a square peg in a round hole; топличко/изгодно \място a place in the sun; тук му е \мястото да отбележим/кажем it should be mentioned here; тук съвсем не е \мястото за такива забележки such remarks are quite out of place here; this is not the (time and) place to make such remarks; човек на \място a reliable person; a man to swear by; that’s a man.

* * *

locale; locality; location; locus; place: I want to get out of this място! - Искам да се махна от това място!; point; position; post; station

* * *
1. (a кола, театър) seat, place 2. (в параход, спален вагон) berth 3. (в парламент) seat 4. (за лагер, на битка) site 5. (за/на строеж) (building) site 6. (местоположение) spot, position;locality 7. (момент в развитието на разказ п пр.) point, (част от текст) passage 8. (на действие, произшествие) scene;locale 9. (пространство) space, room 10. (служба) place, job, office, situation, position, разг. crib 11. (точно определено) spot 12. 3 души the theatre is seated for 13. 4, the theatre seats 14. 5;ангажирам/запазвам/резервирам МЯСТО book a seat/place 15. place 16. МЯСТО за гариране parking place 17. МЯСТО за развлечение a place of amusement 18. МЯСТО за реклами advertising space, (на ограда) hoarding 19. МЯСТО за спане sleeping accommodation 20. МЯСТО за стоене standing-room 21. МЯСТО на самолет ground position, fix, (където стои) a parking area, tarmac 22. МЯСТО на скъсване break(ing) 23. МЯСТО на спойка a junction point, a soldered/welded point 24. МЯСТО на съединение junction 25. МЯСТОто и датата the where and the when 26. МЯСТОто, на което Ботев е бил убит the place at which Botev was killed 27. ако бях на твое МЯСТО if I were you, if I were in your place/shoes/boots 28. болно МЯСТО tender/sore place/spot 29. в колата няма МЯСТО there's no room in the car 30. в колата/куфара има МЯСТО there's plenty of room in the car/suitcase 31. в театъра има места за 32. вакантно МЯСТО vacancy 33. връщам книга на МЯСТОто й put a book back in its place, put a book where it belongs 34. всичките деца бяха по местата си all the children were in their places 35. геометрично МЯСТО на точките мат. (points) locus 36. дворно (и пр.) МЯСТО plot (of ground), lot 37. един куршум го уби на МЯСТО a bullet killed him on the spot 38. живописно МЯСТО a picturesque spot 39. класирам се на първо МЯСТО, заемам първо МЯСТО rank first, sl. take the bun/biscuit, ам. take the cake 40. книгата не е на МЯСТОто си the book is not in its place, the book is not where it belongs 41. кой ще работи на МЯСТОто на Х? who is to replace X?who will be doing X's job? 42. масата заема много МЯСТО the table takes up a lot of room/space: напишете името си на означеното МЯСТО write your name in the space indicated 43. на МЯСТОто на in (s.o.'s) stead/place, as a replacement of (s.o.) 44. на второ МЯСТО (при изброявам) second(ly), in the second place 45. на първо МЯСТО in the first place;first(ly);to begin with 46. на това МЯСТО at that place 47. не 48. няма МЯСТО да се обърнеш there is no room to turn in, there is no room to swing a cat 49. отдалечено МЯСТО a remote place/spot 50. отивам на едно МЯСТО go to the lavatory/toilet 51. отходно МЯСТО lavatory, toilet, ськр. W.C. (в лагер) latrine 52. по липса на МЯСТО for want of space 53. по места locally 54. постави се на мое МЯСТО put yourself in my place/position 55. правя МЯСТО на някого make room for s.о. 56. правя нещо на самото МЯСТО do s. th. on the spot 57. празно МЯСТО (на бланка и пр.) blank space 58. разглеждам интересните места (на селище и пр.) go sightseeing 59. разследвам на МЯСТО make an on the spot investigation 60. свободно МЯСТО (на мост) blank 61. седнете по местата си, заемете местата си take your places/seats 62. слабо/уязвимо МЯСТО a weak spot/point;foible;a tender/raw/sore spot;heel of Achilles;a blind side 63. слагам всичко на МЯСТОто му put things in their proper places 64. сменяме си местата change places (with s.o.) 65. стоя на челно МЯСТО hold a high office/position 66. той е бил на няколко места he has been in several places 67. топличко/изгодно МЯСТО a place in the sun 68. тук има много МЯСТО there's plenty of room here 69. ходя от МЯСТО на МЯСТО move from place to place 70. ходя по разни места go places 71. хората no тези места the people hereabouts, the people in these parts

Български-английски речник > място
54 θεός

θεός, οῦ (Hom.+; Herm. Wr.; ins, pap, LXX, pseudepigr., Philo, Joseph.) ὁ and ἡ, voc. θεέ (Pisidian ins [JHS 22, 1902, 355] θέ; PGM 4, 218 θεὲ θεῶν; 7, 529 κύριε θεὲ μέγιστε; 12, 120 κύριε θεέ; 13, 997; LXX [Thackeray 145; PKatz, Philo’s Bible ’50, 152f]; ApcMos 42; Jos., Ant. 14, 24 ὦ θεὲ βασιλεῦ τ. ὅλων; SibOr 13, 172 βασιλεῦ κόσμου θεέ) Mt 27:46, more frequently (s. 2 and 3c, h below) ὁ θεός (LXX; ParJer 6:12; ApcEsdr 7:5; ApcMos 32; B-D-F §147, 3m; JWackernagel, Über einige antike Anredeformen 1912; Mlt-H. 120). On the inclusion or omission of the art. gener. s. W-S. §19, 13d; B-D-F §254, 1; 268, 2; Rob. 758; 761; 780; 786; 795; Mlt-Turner 174; BWeiss, D. Gebr. des Artikels bei den Gottesnamen, StKr 84, 1911, 319–92; 503–38 (also published separately). The sg. article freq. suggests personal claim on a deity. ‘God, god’.

① In the Gr-Rom. world the term θεός primarily refers to a transcendent being who exercises extraordinary control in human affairs or is responsible for bestowal of unusual benefits, deity, god, goddess (s. on θεά) Ac 28:6; 2 Th 2:4 (cp. SibOr 5, 34 ἰσάζων θεῷ αὐτόν; Ar. 4, 1 οὐκ εἰσὶ θεοί; Tat. 10, 1 θεὸς … κύκνος γίνεται …; Ath. 18, 3 θεός τις δισώματος); θεὸς Ῥαιφάν Ac 7:43 (Am 5:26; s. entry Ῥαιφάν). οὐδεὶς θεὸς εἰ μὴ εἷς there is no god but one 1 Cor 8:4 (cp. AcPl Ha 1, 17 restored). θεοῦ φωνὴ καὶ οὐκ ἀνθρώπου Ac 12:22.—ἡ θεός the (female) god, goddess (Att., later more rarely; Peripl. Eryth. c. 58; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 17, 2; SIG 695, 28; ins, one of which refers to Artemis, in Hauser p. 81f; Jos., Ant. 9, 19; Ar. 11, 2 [Artemis]; Ath. 29, 2 [Ino]) Ac 19:37.—Pl. Ac 7:40 (Ex 32:1). Cp. 14:11; 19:26; PtK 2 p. 14, 21. εἴπερ εἰσὶν λεγόμενοι θεοί even if there are so-called gods 1 Cor 8:5a; s. vs. 5b (on θεοὶ πολλοί cp. Jos., Ant. 4, 149.—Maximus Tyr. 11, 5a: θ. πολλοί w. εἷς θ. πατήρ). οἱ φύσει μὴ ὄντες θεοί those who by nature are not really gods Gal 4:8b (cp. Ar. 4, 2 μὴ εἶναι τὸν οὐρανὸν θεόν al.). θεοὶ … λίθινοι etc. AcPl Ha 1, 18 (cp. JosAs 10:13 τοὺς χρυσοῦς καὶ ἀργυροῦς). Of the devil μὴ ὢν θεός AcPlCor 2:15.

② Some writings in our lit. use the word θ. w. ref. to Christ (without necessarily equating Christ with the Father, and therefore in harmony w. the Shema of Israel Dt 6:4; cp. Mk 10:18 and 4a below), though the interpretation of some of the pass. is in debate. In Mosaic and Gr-Rom. traditions the fundamental semantic component in the understanding of deity is the factor of performance, namely saviorhood or extraordinary contributions to one’s society. Dg. 10:6 defines the ancient perspective: ὸ̔ς ἃ παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ λάβων ἔχει, ταῦτα τοῖς ἐπιδεομένοις χορηγῶν, θεὸς γίνεται τῶν λαμβανάντων one who ministers to the needy what one has received from God proves to be a god to the recipients (cp. Sb III, 6263, 27f of a mother). Such understanding led to the extension of the mng. of θ. to pers. who elicit special reverence (cp. pass. under 4 below; a similar development can be observed in the use of σέβομαι and cognates). In Ro 9:5 the interpr. is complicated by demand of punctuation marks in printed texts. If a period is placed before ὁ ὢν κτλ., the doxology refers to God as defined in Israel (so EAbbot, JBL 1, 1881, 81–154; 3, 1883, 90–112; RLipsius; HHoltzmann, Ntl. Theol.² II 1911, 99f; EGünther, StKr 73, 1900, 636–44; FBurkitt, JTS 5, 1904, 451–55; Jülicher; PFeine, Theol. d. NTs⁶ ’34, 176 et al.; RSV text; NRSV mg.). A special consideration in favor of this interpretation is the status assigned to Christ in 1 Cor 15:25–28 and the probability that Paul is not likely to have violated the injunction in Dt 5:7.—If a comma is used in the same place, the reference is to Christ (so BWeiss; EBröse, NKZ 10, 1899, 645–57 et al.; NRSV text; RSV mg. S. also εἰμί 1.—Undecided: THaering.—The transposition by the Socinian scholar JSchlichting [died 1661] ὧν ὁ=‘to whom belongs’ was revived by JWeiss, D. Urchristentum 1917, 363; WWrede, Pls 1905, 82; CStrömman, ZNW 8, 1907, 319f). In 2 Pt 1:1; 1J 5:20 the interpretation is open to question (but cp. ISmyrna McCabe.0010, 100 ὁ θεὸς καὶ σωτὴρ Ἀντίοχος). In any event, θ. certainly refers to Christ, as one who manifests primary characteristics of deity, in the foll. NT pass.: J 1:1b (w. ὁ θεός 1:1a, which refers to God in the monotheistic context of Israel’s tradition. On the problem raised by such attribution s. J 10:34 [cp. Ex 7:1; Ps 81:6]; on θεός w. and without the article, acc. to whether it means God or the Logos, s. Philo, Somn. 1, 229f; JGriffiths, ET 62, ’50/51, 314–16; BMetzger, ET 63, ’51/52, 125f), 18b. ὁ κύριός μου καὶ ὁ θεός μου my Lord and my God! (nom. w. art.=voc.; s. beg. of this entry.—On a resurrection as proof of divinity cp. Diog. L. 8, 41, who quotes Hermippus: Pythagoras returns from a journey to Hades and appears among his followers [εἰσέρχεσθαι εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν], and they consider him θεῖόν τινα) J 20:28 (on the combination of κύριος and θεός s. 3c below). Tit 2:13 (μέγας θ.). Hb 1:8, 9 (in a quot. fr. Ps 44:7, 8). S. TGlasson, NTS 12, ’66, 270–72. Jd 5 P⁷². But above all Ignatius calls Christ θεός in many pass.: θεὸς Ἰησοῦς Χριστός ITr 7:1; Χριστὸς θεός ISm 10:1. ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν IEph ins; 15:3; 18:2; IRo ins (twice); 3:3; IPol 8:3; τὸ πάθος τοῦ θεοῦ μου IRo 6:3. ἐν αἵματι θεοῦ IEph 1:1. ἐν σαρκὶ γενόμενος θεός 7:2. θεὸς ἀνθρωπίνως φανερούμενος 19:3. θεὸς ὁ οὕτως ὑμᾶς σοφίσας ISm 1:1.—Hdb. exc. 193f; MRackl, Die Christologie d. hl. Ign. v. Ant. 1914. ὁ θεός μου Χριστὲ Ἰησοῦ AcPl Ha 3, 10; Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς ὁ θ[εός] 6, 24; cp. ln. 34 (also cp. Just., A I, 63, 15, D. 63, 5 al.; Tat. 13, 3; Ath. 24, 1; Mel., P. 4, 28 al.).—SLösch, Deitas Jesu u. antike Apotheose ’33. Cp. AWlosk, Römischer Kaiserkult ’78.

③ God in Israelite/Christian monotheistic perspective, God the predom. use, somet. with, somet. without the art.

ⓐ ὁ θεός Mt 1:23; 3:9; 5:8, 34; Mk 2:12; 10:18; 13:19 (cp. TestJob 37:4); Lk 2:13; J 3:2b; Ac 2:22b; Gal 2:6 al. With prep. εἰς τὸν θ. Ac 24:15. ἐκ τοῦ θ. J 8:42b, 47; 1J 3:9f; 4:1ff, 6f; 5:1, 4; 2 Cor 3:5; 5:18 al.; ἐν τῷ θ. Ro 5:11; Col 3:3 (Ath. 21, 1). ἔναντι τοῦ θ. Lk 1:8; ἐπὶ τὸν θ. Ac 15:19; 26:18, 20 (Just., D. 101, 1); ἐπὶ τῷ θ. Lk 1:47 (Just., D. 8, 2); παρὰ τοῦ θ. J 8:40 (Ar. 4, 2; Just., A I, 33, 6 al.; without art. Just., D. 69, 6 al.). παρὰ τῷ θ. Ro 2:13; 9:14 (Just., A I, 28, 3; Tat. 7, 1; Ath. 31, 2 al.); πρὸς τὸν θ. J 1:2; Ac 24:16; AcPl Ha 3, 8 (Just., D. 39, 1 al.; Mel., HE 4, 26, 13 al.); τὰ πρὸς τὸν θ. Hb 2:17; 5:1; Ro 15:17 is acc. of respect: with respect to one’s relation to God or the things pert. to God, in God’s cause (s. B-D-F §160; Rob. 486. For τὰ πρὸς τ. θ. s. Soph., Phil. 1441; X., De Rep. Lac. 13, 11; Aristot., Pol. 1314b, 39; Lucian, Pro Imag. 8; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 109, 3 [III B.C.] εὐσεβὴς τὰ πρὸς θεούς; Ex 4:16; 18:19; Jos., Ant. 9, 236 εὐσεβὴς τὰ πρὸς τ. θεόν). τὰ πρὸς τ[ὸν] θεὸν ἐτήρουσαν, when they were observant of matters pert. to God AcPl Ha 8, 13 (=τα π̣ρος θ̣̄ν̄| ἐτήρουσαν Ox 1602, 10f=BMM recto 16 restored after the preceding).

ⓑ without the art. Mt 6:24; Lk 2:14; 20:38; J 1:18a; Ro 8:8, 33b; 2 Cor 1:21; 5:19; Gal 2:19; 4:8f; 2 Th 1:8; Tit 1:16; 3:8; Hb 3:4; AcPl Ha 8, 20=BMM recto 25 (s. also HSanders’ rev. of Ox 1602, 26, in HTR 31, ’38, 79, n. 2, Ghent 62 verso, 6); AcPlCor 1:15; 2:19, 26. W. prep. ἀπὸ θεοῦ J 3:2a; 16:30 (Just., A II, 13, 4 τὸν … ἀπὸ ἀγεννήτου … θεοῦ λόγον). εἰς θεόν IPhld 1:2. ἐκ θεοῦ (Pind., O. 11, 10, P. 1, 41; Jos., Ant. 2, 164; Just., A I, 22, 2; Mel., P. 55, 404) Ac 5:39; 2 Cor 5:1; Phil 3:9. ἐν θεῷ J 8:21; Ro 2:17; Jd 1; AcPl Ha 1, 15; 2, 35. ἐπὶ θεόν AcPl Ha 2, 29 (cp. πρὸς θεόν Just., D. 138, 2). κατὰ θεόν acc. to God’s will (Appian, Iber. 19 §73; 23 §88; 26 §101, Liby. 6 §25, Bell. Civ. 4, 86 §364) Ro 8:27; 2 Cor 7:9ff; IEph 2:1. ἡ κατὰ θ. ἀγάπη godly love IMg 1:1; cp. 13:1; ITr 1:2. παρὰ θεῷ (Jos., Bell. 1, 635) Mt 19:26; Lk 2:52.

ⓒ w. gen. foll. or w. ἴδιος to denote a special relationship: ὁ θ. Ἀβραάμ Mt 22:32; Mk 12:26; Lk 20:37; Ac 3:13; 7:32 (all Ex 3:6). ὁ θ. (τοῦ) Ἰσραήλ (Ezk 44:2; JosAs 7:5) Mt 15:31; Lk 1:68; cp. Ac 13:17; 2 Cor 6:16; Hb 11:16. ὁ θ. μου Ro 1:8; 1 Cor 1:4; 2 Cor 12:21; Phil 1:3; 4:19; Phlm 4. OT κύριος ὁ θ. σου (ἡμῶν, ὑμῶν, αὐτῶν) Mt 4:7 (Dt 6:16); 22:37 (Dt 6:5); Mk 12:29 (Dt 6:4); Lk 1:16; 4:8 (Dt 6:13); 10:27 (Dt 6:5); Ac 2:39. ὁ κύριος καὶ ὁ θ. ἡμῶν Rv 4:11 (Just., D. 12, 3; the combination of κύριος and θεός is freq. in the OT: 2 Km 7:28; 3 Km 18:39; Jer 38:18; Zech 13:9; Ps 29:3; 34:23; 85:15; 87:2; TestAbr A 3 p. 79, 19 [Stone p. 6]; JosAs 3:4; 12:2 κύριε ὁ θ. τῶν αἰώνων. But s. also Epict. 2, 16, 13 κύριε ὁ θεός [GBreithaupt, Her. 62, 1927, 253–55], Herm. Wr.: Cat. Cod. Astr. VIII/2, p. 172, 6 κύριε ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν, the PGM ref. at the beg. of this entry, and the sacral uses τ. θεῷ κ. κυρίῳ Σοκνοπαίῳ [OGI 655, 3f—24 B.C.]; PTebt 284, 6; τῷ κυρίῳ θεῷ Ἀσκληπίῳ [Sb 159, 2]; deo domino Saturno [ins fr. imperial times fr. Thala in the prov. of Africa: BPhW 21, 1901, 475], also Suetonius, Domit. 13 dominus et deus noster [for the formulation s. 4a: PMich 209]; Ar. 15, 10; Just., D. 60, 3 al.) τὸν ἴδιον θ. AcPl Ha 3, 22.—ὁ θ. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χ. Eph 1:17.

ⓓ used w. πατήρ (s. πατήρ 6a) ὁ θ. καὶ πατὴρ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ Ro 15:6; 2 Cor 1:3; Eph 1:3; Col 1:3; 1 Pt 1:3. ὁ θ. καὶ πατὴρ ἡμῶν Gal 1:4; Phil 4:20; 1 Th 1:3; 3:11, 13. ὁ θ. καὶ πατήρ 1 Cor 15:24; Eph 5:20; Js 1:27. θ. πατήρ Phil 2:11; 1 Pt 1:2; cp. 1 Cor 8:6. ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ro 1:7b; 1 Cor 1:3; 2 Cor 1:2; Gal 1:3; Eph 1:2; Phil 1:2; Col 1:2; Phlm 3; ἀπὸ θ. π. Gal 1:3 v.l.; Eph 6:23; 2 Th 1:2; 2 Ti 1:2; Tit 1:4; παρὰ θεοῦ π. 2 Pt 1:17; 2J 3.

ⓔ w. gen. of what God brings about, in accordance w. the divine nature: ὁ θ. τῆς εἰρήνης Ro 15:33; 1 Th 5:23. τῆς ἐλπίδος the God fr. whom hope comes Ro 15:13. πάσης παρακλήσεως 2 Cor 1:3b. ὁ θ. τῆς ἀγάπης 13:11. ὁ θ. πάσης χάριτος 1 Pt 5:10. In οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἀκαταστασίας ὁ θεός 1 Cor 14:33, θεός is to be supplied before ἀκατ.: for God is not a God of disorder.

ⓕ The gen. (τοῦ) θεοῦ is

α. subj. gen., extremely freq. depending on words like βασιλεία, δόξα, θέλημα, ἐντολή, εὐαγγέλιον, λόγος, ναός, οἶκος, πνεῦμα, υἱός, υἱοί, τέκνα and many others. Here prob. (s. β) belongs τὸ μωρὸν τ. θ. the (seeming) foolishness of G. 1 Cor 1:25 (s. B-D-F §263, 2).

β. obj. gen. ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ θ. love for God Lk 11:42; J 5:42; ἡ προσευχὴ τοῦ θ. prayer to God Lk 6:12. πίστις θεοῦ faith in God Mk 11:22. φόβος θεοῦ fear of, reverence for God Ro 3:18 al. (s. φόβος 2bα) If 1 Cor 1:25 is to be placed here (s. α above), τὸ μωρὸν τ. θ. refers to apostolic allegiance to God, which is viewed by outsiders as folly.

γ. τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ the things, ways, thoughts, or secret purposes of God 1 Cor 2:11. φρονεῖν τὰ τ. θ. Mt 16:23; Mk 8:33 s. φρονέω 2b (ἀτιμάζοντας τὰ τοῦ θ. Just., D. 78, 10 al.). ἀποδιδόναι τὰ τ. θ. τῷ θεῷ give God what belongs to God Mt 22:21; Mk 12:17; Lk 20:25.

δ. Almost as a substitute for the adj. divine IMg 6:1f; 15 (cp. Ath. 21, 4 οὐδὲν ἔχων θεοῦ [of Zeus]).

ⓖ The dat. τῷ θεῷ (s. B-D-F §188, 2; 192; Rob. 538f; WHavers, Untersuchungen z. Kasussyntax d. indogerm. Sprachen 1911, 162ff) is

α. dat. of advantage (cp. e.g. Ath. 26, 3 ὡς ἐπηκόῳ θεῷ) for God 2 Cor 5:13. Perh. (s. β) ὅπλα δυνατὰ τῷ θ. 10:4. The dat. of Ro 6:10f rather expresses the possessor.

β. ethical dat. in the sight of God, hence w. superl. force (s. Beginn. IV, 75, on Ac 7:20) very: μεγάλοι τῷ θ. B 8:4 (cp. Jon 3:3). ἀστεῖος τῷ θ. Ac 7:20. Perh. (s. α) ὅπλα δυνατὰ τ. θ. weapons powerful in the sight of God 2 Cor 10:4. This idea is usu. expressed by ἐνώπιον τοῦ θ.

ⓗ ὁ θ. is used as a vocative Mk 15:34 (Ps 21:2. θεός twice at the beginning of the invocation of a prayer: Ael. Dion. θ, 8; Paus. Attic. θ, 7 ‘θεὸς θεός’ ταῖς ἀρχαῖς ἐπέλεγον ἐπιφημιζόμενοι); Lk 18:11; Hb 1:8 (Ps 44:7; MHarris, TynBull 36, ’85, 129–62); 10:7 (Ps 39:9); AcPl Ha 3, 10; 5, 12; 31. S. also 2 and 3c and the beg. of this entry.

ⓘ θ. τῶν αἰώνων s. αἰών 3 and 4; θ. αἰώνιος s. αἰώνιος 2; θ. ἀληθινός s. ἀληθινός 3b; εἷς ὁ θεός s. εἷς 2b; (ὁ) θ. (ὁ) ζῶν s. [ζάω] 1aε.—ὁ μόνος θεός the only God (4 Km 19:15, 19; Ps 85:10; Is 37:20; Da 3:45; Philo, Leg. All. 2, 1f; s. Norden, Agn. Th. 145) J 5:44 (some mss. lack τοῦ μόνου); 1 Ti 1:17.—ὁ μόνος ἀληθινὸς θ. (Demochares: 75 Fgm. 2 p. 135, 7 Jac. [in Athen. 6, 62, 253c] μόνος θ. ἀληθινός) J 17:3. cp. the sim. combinations w. μόνος θ. Ro 16:27; Jd 25. μόνος ὁ θεὸς μένει AcPl Ha 2, 27.—θ. σωτήρ s. σωτήρ 1.—OHoltzmann, D. chr. Gottesglaube, s. Vorgesch. u. Urgesch.1905; EvDobschütz, Rationales u. irrat. Denken über Gott im Urchristent.: StKr 95, 1924, 235–55; RHoffmann, D. Gottesbild Jesu ’34; PAlthaus, D. Bild Gottes b. Pls: ThBl 20, ’41, 81–92; Dodd 3–8; KRahner, Theos im NT: Bijdragen (Maastricht) 11, ’50, 212–36; 12, ’51, 24–52.

④ that which is nontranscendent but considered worthy of special reverence or respect, god (Artem. 2, 69 p. 161, 17: γονεῖς and διδάσκαλοι are like gods; Simplicius in Epict. p. 85, 27 acc. to ancient Roman custom children had to call their parents θεοί; s. 2 above and note on σέβομαι).

ⓐ of humans θεοί (as אֱלֹהִים) J 10:34f (Ps 81:6; humans are called θ. in the OT also Ex 7:1; 22:27; cp. Philo, Det. Pot. Insid. 161f, Somn. 1, 229, Mut. Nom. 128, Omn. Prob. Lib. 43, Mos. 1, 158, Decal. 120, Leg. All. 1, 40, Migr. Abr. 84). θ. γίνεται τῶν λαμβανόντων (a benefactor) proves to be a god to recipients Dg 10:6 (cp. Pliny, NH 2, 7, 18; s. 2 above, beg.—Aristot., Pol. 3, 8, 1, 1284a of the superior pers. as a god among humans; Arcesilaus [III B.C.] describes Crates and Polemo as θεοί τινες=‘a kind of gods’ [Diog. L. 4, 22]; Antiphanes says of the iambic poet Philoxenus: θεὸς ἐν ἀνθρώποισιν ἦν [Athen. 14, 50, 643d]; Diod S 1, 4, 7 and 5, 21, 2 of Caesar; for honors accorded Demetrius, s. IKertész, Bemerkungen zum Kult des Demetrios Poliorketes: Oikumene 2, ’78, 163–75 [lit.]; Dio Chrys. 30 [47], 5 Πυθαγόρας ἐτιμᾶτο ὡς θεός; Heliod. 4, 7, 8 σωτὴρ κ. θεός, addressed to a physician; BGU 1197, 1 [4 B.C.] a high official, and 1201, 1 [2 B.C.] a priest θεός and κύριος; PMich 209, 11f [II/III A.D.] οἶδας ἄδελφε, ὅτει οὐ μόνον ὧς ἀδελφόν σε ἔχω, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὡς πατέρα κ. κύριον κ. θεόν; Just., A I, 26, 2 [Σίμων] θεὸς ἐνομίσθη καὶ … ὡς θεὸς τετίμηται; Tat. 3, 2 μὴ θεὸς ὤν [Empedocles]; Ath. 30, 2 Ἀντίνους … ἔτυχε νομίζεσθαι θεός of benefactors in gener. AcJ 27 [Aa II/1, 166, 4]).—JEmerton, JTS 11, ’60, 329–32.

ⓑ of the belly (=appetite) as the god of certain people Phil 3:19 (cp. Athen. 3, 97c γάστρων καὶ κοιλιοδαίμων. Also Eupolis Com. [V B.C.] Fgm. 172 K. [in Athen. 3, 100b]; on the use of θ. in ref. to impersonal entities [e.g. Eur., Cyclops 316 of wealth as a god] s. DDD 693f).

⑤ of the devil ὁ θ. τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 2 Cor 4:4 (s. αἰών 2a and WMüllensiefen, StKr 95, 1924, 295–99).—668–99. RAC XI 1202–78; XII 81–154; B. 1464. LfgrE s.v. θεός col. 1001 (lit.). Schmidt, Syn. IV 1–21. DELG. M-M. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > θεός
55 pertenecer

v.

to belong, to correspond, to apply, to pertain.

* * *

pertenecer

Conjugation model [ AGRADECER], like link=agradecer agradecer

► verbo intransitivo

1 to belong (a, to)

* * *

verb

to belong

* * *

VI

1) (=ser propiedad)

pertenecer a algn — to belong to sb

los terrenos pertenecen al ayuntamiento — the land belongs to the council, the land is council property

este diccionario te pertenece — this dictionary belongs to you

2) (=formar parte)

pertenecer a algo — to belong to sth

pertenecemos a un grupo pacifista — we belong to a pacifist group

3) frm (=competer)

pertenecer a algn hacer algo — to be sb's responsibility to do sth

le pertenece a él acabar el trabajo — it's his responsibility to finish the job, it's up to him to finish the job

* * *

verbo intransitivo

a) ( ser propiedad)

pertenecer A alguien — to belong to somebody

b) ( formar parte)

pertenecer A algo — to belong to something, be a member of something

* * *

= pertain.

Ex. If these terms are input with the titles to which they pertain the additional words will be treated just as if they were part of the title proper.

----

* al que pertenece = parent.

* institución a la que se pertenece = home institution.

* no pertenecer a = have + no place in.

* organización a la que pertenece = parent organisation.

* pertenecer a = belong (to), come from.

* pertenecer al pasado = be a thing of the past, become + a thing of the past.

* pertenecer a otra categoría de cosas = be of a different order.

* que no pertenece a una confesión religiosa concreta = nondenominational [non-denominational].

* que no pertenece a un sindicato = non-unionised.

* sentimiento de pertenecer a un lugar = sense of belonging.

* * *

verbo intransitivo

a) ( ser propiedad)

pertenecer A alguien — to belong to somebody

b) ( formar parte)

pertenecer A algo — to belong to something, be a member of something

* * *

= pertain.

Ex: If these terms are input with the titles to which they pertain the additional words will be treated just as if they were part of the title proper.

* al que pertenece = parent.

* institución a la que se pertenece = home institution.

* no pertenecer a = have + no place in.

* organización a la que pertenece = parent organisation.

* pertenecer a = belong (to), come from.

* pertenecer al pasado = be a thing of the past, become + a thing of the past.

* pertenecer a otra categoría de cosas = be of a different order.

* que no pertenece a una confesión religiosa concreta = nondenominational [non-denominational].

* que no pertenece a un sindicato = non-unionised.

* sentimiento de pertenecer a un lugar = sense of belonging.

* * *

pertenecer [E3 ]

vi

1 (ser propiedad) pertenecer A algn to belong TO sb

la casa perteneció a mi abuela the house belonged to my grandmother

2 (formar parte) pertenecer A algo to belong TO sth, be a member OF sth

* * *

pertenecer ( conjugate pertenecer) verbo intransitivo
a) ( ser propiedad) pertenecer A algn/algo to belong to sb/sth

b) ( formar parte) pertenecer A algo to belong to sth, be a member of sth

pertenecer verbo intransitivo to belong [a, to]: este libro pertenece a tu biblioteca, this book belongs to your library
' pertenecer' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
corresponder
English:
belong
- neither

* * *

pertenecer vi

1.
pertenecer a [ser propiedad de] to belong to;

este libro pertenece a la biblioteca de mi tío this book is part of my uncle's library;

el león pertenece a la categoría de los felinos the lion belongs to the cat family

2. [corresponder a] to be up to, to be a matter for;

es a él a quien pertenece presentar disculpas it's up to him to apologize

* * *

pertenecer

v/i belong (a to)

* * *

pertenecer {53} vi

: to belong

* * *

pertenecer vb to belong

Spanish-English dictionary > pertenecer
56 ἐν

ἐν prep. w. dat. (Hom.+). For lit. s. ἀνά and εἰς, beg. For special NT uses s. AOepke, TW II 534–39. The uses of this prep. are so many and various, and oft. so easily confused, that a strictly systematic treatment is impossible. It must suffice to list the main categories, which will help establish the usage in individual cases. The earliest auditors/readers, not being inconvenienced by grammatical and lexical debates, would readily absorb the context and experience little difficulty.

① marker of a position defined as being in a location, in, among (the basic idea, Rob. 586f)

ⓐ of the space or place within which someth. is found, in: ἐν τῇ πόλει Lk 7:37. ἐν Βηθλέεμ Mt 2:1. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 3:1 (Just., D. 19, 5, cp. A I, 12, 6 ἐν ἐρημίᾳ) ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ Ac 5:42. ἐν οἴκῳ 1 Ti 3:15 and very oft. ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου in my Father’s house Lk 2:49 and perh. Mt 20:15 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302, C. Ap. 1, 118 ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διός; PTebt 12, 3; POxy 523, 3; Tob 6:11 S; Goodsp., Probs. 81–83). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ Mt 20:3. ἐν (τῷ) οὐρανῷ in heaven (Arat., Phaen. 10; Diod S 4, 61, 6; Plut., Mor. 359d τὰς ψυχὰς ἐν οὐρανῷ λάμπειν ἄστρα; Tat. 12, 2 τὰ ἄστρα τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ) Ac 2:19 (Jo 3:3); Rv 12:1; IEph 19:2.—W. quotations and accounts of the subject matter of literary works: in (Ps.-Demetr. c. 226 ὡς ἐν τῷ Εὐθυδήμῳ; Simplicius in Epict. p. 28, 37 ἐν τῷ Φαίδωνι; Ammon. Hermiae in Aristot. De Interpret. c. 9 p. 136, 20 Busse ἐν Τιμαίῳ παρειλήφαμεν=we have received as a tradition; 2 Macc 2:4; 1 Esdr 1:40; 5:48; Sir 50:27; Just., A I, 60, 1 ἐν τῷ παρὰ Πλάτωνι Τιμαίῳ) ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ 1 Cor 5:9. ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Lk 24:44; J 1:45. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις Ac 13:40. ἐν Ἠλίᾳ in the story of Elijah Ro 11:2 (Just., D. 120, 3 ἐν τῷ Ἰούδα). ἐν τῷ Ὡσηέ 9:25 (Just., D. 44, 2 ἐν τῷ Ἰεζεκιήλ). ἐν Δαυίδ in the Psalter ( by David is also prob.: s. 6) Hb 4:7. ἐν ἑτέρῳ προφήτῃ in another prophet B 6:14. Of inner life φανεροῦσθαι ἐν ταῖς συνειδήσεσι be made known to (your) consciences 2 Cor 5:11. ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Mt 5:28; 13:19; 2 Cor 11:12 et al.

ⓑ on ἐν τῷ ὄρει (X., An. 4, 3, 31; Diod S 14, 16, 2 λόφος ἐν ᾧ=a hill on which; Jos., Ant. 12, 259; Just., D. 67, 9 ἐν ὄρει Χωρήβ) J 4:20f; Hb 8:5 (Ex 25:40). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ in the market Mt 20:3. ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mt 5:25. ἐν πλαξίν on tablets 2 Cor 3:3. ἐν ταῖς γωνίαις τῶν πλατειῶν on the street corners Mt 6:5.

ⓒ within the range of, at, near (Soph., Fgm. 37 [34 N.²] ἐν παντὶ λίθῳ=near every stone; Artem. 4, 24 p. 217, 19 ἐν Τύρῳ=near Tyre; Polyaenus 8, 24, 7 ἐν τῇ νησῖδι=near the island; Diog. L. 1, 34; 85; 97 τὰ ἐν ποσίν=what is before one’s feet; Jos., Vi. 227 ἐν Χαβωλώ) ἐν τῷ γαζοφυλακείῳ (q.v.) J 8:20. ἐν τῷ Σιλωάμ near the pool of Siloam Lk 13:4. καθίζειν ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ τινος sit at someone’s right hand (cp. 1 Esdr 4:29) Eph 1:20; Hb 1:3; 8:1.

ⓓ among, in (Hom.+; PTebt 58, 41 [111 B.C.]; Sir 16:6; 31:9; 1 Macc 4:58; 5:2; TestAbr B 9 p. 13, 27 [Stone p. 74]; Just., A I, 5, 4 ἐν βαρβάροις) ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ in the generation now living Mk 8:38. ἐν τῷ γένει μου among my people Gal 1:14 (Just., D. 51, 1 al. ἐν τῷ γένει ὑμῶν). ἐν ἡμῖν Hb 13:26. ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ in the crowd Mk 5:30 (cp. Sir 7:7). ἐν ἀλλήλοις mutually (Thu. 1, 24, 4; Just., D. 101, 3) Ro 1:12; 15:5. ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν (=among the commanding officers: Diod S 18, 61, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 21 §84) Ἰούδα Mt 2:6 et al. ἐν ἀνθρώποις among people (as Himerius, Or. 48 [14], 11; Just., A I, 23, 3, D. 64, 7) Lk 2:14; cp. Ac 4:12.

ⓔ before, in the presence of, etc. (cp. Od. 2, 194; Eur., Andr. 359; Pla., Leg. 9, 879b; Demosth. 24, 207; Polyb. 5, 39, 6; Epict. 3, 22, 8; Appian, Maced. 18 §2 ἐν τοῖς φίλοις=in the presence of his friends; Sir 19:8; Jdth 6:2; PPetr. II, 4 [6], 16 [255/254 B.C.] δινὸν γάρ ἐστιν ἐν ὄχλῳ ἀτιμάζεσθαι=before a crowd) σοφίαν λαλοῦμεν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις in the presence of mature (i.e. spiritually sophisticated) adults 1 Cor 2:6 (cp. Simplicius in Epict. p. 131, 20 λέγειν τὰ θεωρήματα ἐν ἰδιώταις). ἐν τ. ὠσὶν ὑμῶν in your hearing Lk 4:21 (cp. Judg 17:2; 4 Km 23:2; Bar 1:3f), where the words can go linguistically just as well w. πεπλήρωται as w. ἡ γραφὴ αὕτη (this passage of scripture read in your hearing). ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς τινος in someone’s eyes, i.e. judgment (Wsd 3:2; Sir 8:16; Jdth 3:4; 12:14; 1 Macc 1:12) Mt 21:42 (Ps 117:23). ἔν τινι in the same mng. as early as Trag. (Soph., Oed. C. 1213 ἐν ἐμοί=in my judgment, Ant. 925 ἐν θεοῖς καλά; also Pla., Prot. 337b; 343c) ἐν ἐμοί 1 Cor 14:11; possibly J 3:21 (s. 4c below) and Jd 1 belong here.—In the ‘forensic’ sense ἔν τινι can mean in someone’s court or forum (Soph., Ant. 459; Pla., Gorg. 464d, Leg. 11, 916b; Ael. Aristid. 38, 3 K.=7 p. 71 D.; 46 p. 283, 334 D.; Diod S 19, 51, 4; Ps.-Heraclit., Ep. 4, 6; but in several of these pass. the mng. does not go significantly beyond ‘in the presence of’ [s. above]) ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Cor 6:2 ( by you is also tenable; s. 6 below).

ⓕ esp. to describe certain processes, inward: ἐν ἑαυτῷ to himself, i.e. in silence, διαλογίζεσθαι Mk 2:8; Lk 12:17; διαπορεῖν Ac 10:17; εἰδέναι J 6:61; λέγειν Mt 3:9; 9:21; Lk 7:49; εἰπεῖν 7:39 al.; ἐμβριμᾶσθαι J 11:38.

② marker of a state or condition, in

ⓐ of being clothed and metaphors assoc. with such condition in, with (Hdt. 2, 159; X., Mem. 3, 11, 4; Diod S 1, 12, 9; Herodian 2, 13, 3; Jdth 10:3; 1 Macc 6:35; 2 Macc 3:33) ἠμφιεσμένον ἐν μαλακοῖς dressed in soft clothes Mt 11:8. περιβάλλεσθαι ἐν ἱματίοις Rv 3:5; 4:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων come in sheep’s clothing Mt 7:15. περιπατεῖν ἐν στολαῖς walk about in long robes Mk 12:38 (Tat. 2, 1 ἐν πορφυρίδι περιπατῶν); cp. Ac 10:30; Mt 11:21; Lk 10:13. ἐν λευκοῖς in white (Artem. 2, 3; 4, 2 ἐν λευκοῖς προϊέναι; Epict. 3, 22, 1) J 20:12; Hv 4, 2, 1. Prob. corresp. ἐν σαρκί clothed in flesh (cp. Diod S 1, 12, 9 deities appear ἐν ζῴων μορφαῖς) 1 Ti 3:16; 1J 4:2; 2J 7. ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ in all his glory Mt 6:29 (cp. 1 Macc 10:86). ἐν τ. δόξῃ τοῦ πατρός clothed in his Father’s glory 16:27; cp. 25:31; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:31.

ⓑ of other states and conditions (so freq. w. γίνομαι, εἰμί; Attic wr.; PPetr II, 11 [1], 8 [III B.C.] γράφε, ἵνα εἰδῶμεν ἐν οἷς εἶ; 39 [g], 16; UPZ 110, 176 [164 B.C.] et al.; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 2 πάλιν ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ γενέσθαι; 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι; Tat. 20, 1f οὐκ ἔστι γὰρ ἄπειρος ὁ οὐρανός, … πεπερασμένος δὲ καὶ ἐν τέρματι; Mel., HE 4, 26, 6 ἐν … λεηλασίᾳ ‘plundering’): ὑπάρχων ἐν βασάνοις Lk 16:23. ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ 1J 3:14. ἐν ζωῇ Ro 5:10. ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς Phlm 13 (Just., A II, 2, 11 ἐν δ. γενέσθαι). ἐν πειρασμοῖς 1 Pt 1:6; ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκός Ro 8:3. ἐν πολλῷ ἀγῶνι 1 Th 2:2. ἐν φθορᾷ in a state of corruptibility 1 Cor 15:42. ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔχειν 2 Cor 10:6 (cp. PEleph 10, 7 [223/222 B.C.] τ. λοιπῶν ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ὄντων; PGen 76, 8; 3 Macc 5:8); ἐν ἐκστάσει in a state of trance Ac 11:5 (opp. Just., D, 115, 3 ἐν καταστάσει ὤν). Of qualities: ἐν πίστει κ. ἀγάπῃ κ. ἁγιασμῷ 1 Ti 2:15; ἐν κακίᾳ καὶ φθόνῳ Tit 3:3; ἐν πανουργίᾳ 2 Cor 4:2; ἐν εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ σεμνότητι 1 Ti 2:2; ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 3:26; ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7; ἐν δόξῃ Phil 4:19.

③ marker of extension toward a goal that is understood to be within an area or condition, into: ἐν is somet. used w. verbs of motion where εἰς would normally be expected (Diod S 23, 8, 1 Ἄννων ἐπέρασε ἐν Σικελίᾳ; Hero I 142, 7; 182, 4; Paus. 7, 4, 3 διαβάντες ἐν τῇ Σάμῳ; Epict. 1, 11, 32; 2, 20, 33; Aelian, VH 4, 18; Vett. Val. 210, 26; 212, 6 al., s. index; Pel.-Leg. 1, 4; 5; 2, 1; PParis 10, 2 [145 B.C.] ἀνακεχώρηκεν ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ; POxy 294, 4; BGU 22, 13; Tob 5:5 BA; 1 Macc 10:43; TestAbr B 2 p. 106, 23=Stone p. 60 [s. on the LXX Thackeray 25]; πέμψον αὐτοὺς ἐν πολέμῳ En 10:9; TestAbr A 6 p. 83, 22 [Stone p. 14] δάκρυα … ἐν τῷ νιπτῆρι πίπτοντα): εἰσέρχεσθαι Lk 9:46; Rv 11:11; ἀπάγειν GJs 6:1; ἀνάγειν 7:1; εἰσάγειν 10:1; καταβαίνειν J 5:3 (4) v.l.; ἀναβαίνειν GJs 22:13; ἀπέρχεσθαι (Diod S 23, 18, 5) Hs 1:6; ἥκειν GJs 5:1; ἀποστέλλειν 25:1. To be understood otherwise: ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λόγος ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ the word went out = spread in all Judaea Lk 7:17; likew. 1 Th 1:8. The metaphorical expr. ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φρονήσει δικαίων turn the disobedient to the wisdom of the righteous Lk 1:17 is striking but consistent w. the basic sense of ἐν. S. also γίνομαι, δίδωμι, ἵστημι, καλέω, and τίθημι. ἐν μέσῳ among somet. answers to the question ‘whither’ (B-D-F §215, 3) Mt 10:16; Lk 10:3; 8:7.

④ marker of close association within a limit, in

ⓐ fig., of pers., to indicate the state of being filled w. or gripped by someth.: in someone=in one’s innermost being ἐν αὐτῷ κατοικεῖ πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα in him dwells all the fullness Col 2:9. ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα (prob. to be understood as local, not instrumental, since ἐν αὐ. would otherwise be identical w. διʼ αὐ. in the same vs.) everything was created in association with him 1:16 (cp. M. Ant. 4, 23 ἐν σοὶ πάντα; Herm. Wr. 5, 10; AFeuillet, NTS 12, ’65, 1–9). ἐν τῷ θεῷ κέκρυπται ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν your life is hid in God 3:3; cp. 2:3. Of sin in humans Ro 7:17f; cp. κατεργάζεσθαι vs. 8. Of Christ who, as a spiritual being, fills people so as to be in charge of their lives 8:10; 2 Cor 13:5, abides J 6:56, lives Gal 2:20, and takes form 4:19 in them. Of the divine word: οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1J 1:10; μένειν ἔν τινι J 5:38; ἐνοικεῖν Col 3:16. Of God’s spirit: οἰκεῖν (ἐνοικεῖν) ἔν τινι Ro 8:9, 11; 1 Cor 3:16; 2 Ti 1:14. Of spiritual gifts 1 Ti 4:14; 2 Ti 1:6. Of miraculous powers ἐνεργεῖν ἔν τινι be at work in someone Mt 14:2; Mk 6:14; ποιεῖν ἔν τινι εὐάρεστον Hb 13:21. The same expr. of God or evil spirits, who somehow work in people: 1 Cor 12:6; Phil 2:13; Eph 2:2 al.

ⓑ of the whole, w. which the parts are closely joined: μένειν ἐν τῇ ἀμπέλῳ remain in the vine J 15:4. ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι μέλη πολλὰ ἔχομεν in one body we have many members Ro 12:4. κρέμασθαι ἔν τινι depend on someth. Mt 22:40.

ⓒ esp. in Paul. or Joh. usage, to designate a close personal relation in which the referent of the ἐν-term is viewed as the controlling influence: under the control of, under the influence of, in close association with (cp. ἐν τῷ Δαυιδ εἰμί 2 Km 19:44): of Christ εἶναι, μένειν ἐν τῷ πατρί (ἐν τῷ θεῷ) J 10:38; 14:10f (difft. CGordon, ‘In’ of Predication or Equivalence: JBL 100, ’81, 612f); and of Christians 1J 3:24; 4:13, 15f; be or abide in Christ J 14:20; 15:4f; μένειν ἐν τῷ υἱῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ πατρί 1J 2:24. ἔργα ἐν θεῷ εἰργασμένα done in communion with God J 3:21 (but s. 1e above).—In Paul the relation of the individual to Christ is very oft. expressed by such phrases as ἐν Χριστῷ, ἐν κυρίῳ etc., also vice versa (FNeugebauer, NTS 4, ’57/58, 124–38; AWedderburn, JSNT 25, ’85, 83–97) ἐν ἐμοὶ Χριστός Gal 2:20, but here in the sense of a above.—See, e.g., Dssm., D. ntl. Formel ‘in Christo Jesu’ 1892; EWeber, D. Formel ‘in Chr. Jesu’ u. d. paul. Christusmystik: NKZ 31, 1920, 213ff; LBrun, Zur Formel ‘in Chr. Jesus’ im Phil: Symbolae Arctoae 1, 1922, 19–37; MHansen, Omkring Paulus-Formeln ‘i Kristus’: TK 4/10, 1929, 135–59; HBöhlig, ʼΕν κυρίῳ: GHeinrici Festschr. 1914, 170–75; OSchmitz, D. Christusgemeinschaft d. Pls² ’56; AWikenhauser, D. Christusmystik d. Pls² ’56; KMittring, Heilswirklichkeit b. Pls; Beitrag z. Verständnis der unio cum Christo in d. Plsbriefen 1929; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik d. Ap. Pls 1930 (Eng. tr., WMontgomery, The Myst. of Paul the Ap., ’31); WSchmauch, In Christus ’35; BEaston, Pastoral Ep. ’47, 210f; FBüchsel, ‘In Chr.’ b. Pls: ZNW 42, ’49, 141–58. Also HKorn, D. Nachwirkungen d. Christusmystik d. Pls in den Apost. Vätern, diss. Berlin 1928; EAndrews, Interpretation 6, ’52, 162–77; H-LParisius, ZNW 49, ’58, 285–88 (10 ‘forensic’ passages); JAllan, NTS 5, ’58/59, 54–62 (Eph), ibid. 10, ’63, 115–21 (pastorals); FNeugebauer, In Christus, etc. ’61; MDahl, The Resurrection of the Body ( 1 Cor 15) ’62, 110–13.—Paul has the most varied expressions for this new life-principle: life in Christ Ro 6:11, 23; love in Christ 8:39; grace, which is given in Christ 1 Cor 1:4; freedom in Chr. Gal 2:4; blessing in Chr. 3:14; unity in Chr. vs. 28. στήκειν ἐν κυρίῳ stand firm in the Lord Phil 4:1; εὑρεθῆναι ἐν Χ. be found in Christ 3:9; εἶναι ἐν Χ. 1 Cor 1:30; οἱ ἐν Χ. Ro 8:1.—1 Pt 5:14; κοιμᾶσθαι ἐν Χ., ἀποθνῄσκειν ἐν κυρίῳ 1 Cor 15:18.—Rv 14:13; ζῳοποιεῖσθαι 1 Cor 15:22.—The formula is esp. common w. verbs that denote a conviction, hope, etc. πεποιθέναι Gal 5:10; Phil 1:14; 2 Th 3:4. παρρησίαν ἔχειν Phlm 8. πέπεισμαι Ro 14:14. ἐλπίζειν Phil 2:19. καύχησιν ἔχειν Ro 15:17; 1 Cor 15:31. τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν Phil 4:2. ὑπακούειν Eph 6:1. λαλεῖν 2 Cor 2:17; 12:19. ἀλήθειαν λέγειν Ro 9:1. λέγειν καὶ μαρτύρεσθαι Eph 4:17. But also apart fr. such verbs, in numerous pass. it is used w. verbs and nouns of the most varied sort, often without special emphasis, to indicate the scope within which someth. takes place or has taken place, or to designate someth. as being in close assoc. w. Christ, and can be rendered, variously, in connection with, in intimate association with, keeping in mind ἁγιάζεσθαι 1 Cor 1:2, or ἅγιος ἐν Χ. Phil 1:1; ἀσπάζεσθαί τινα 1 Cor 16:19. δικαιοῦσθαι Gal 2:17. κοπιᾶν Ro 16:12. παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 4:1. προσδέχεσθαί τινα Ro 16:2; Phil 2:29. χαίρειν 3:1; 4:4, 10. γαμηθῆναι ἐν κυρίῳ marry in the Lord=marry a Christian 1 Cor 7:39. προϊστάμενοι ὑμῶν ἐν κυρίῳ your Christian leaders (in the church) 1 Th 5:12 (but s. προί̈στημι 1 and 2).—εὐάρεστος Col 3:20. νήπιος 1 Cor 3:1. φρόνιμος 4:10. παιδαγωγοί vs. 15. ὁδοί vs. 17. Hence used in periphrasis for ‘Christian’ οἱ ὄντες ἐν κυρίῳ Ro 16:11; ἄνθρωπος ἐν Χ. 2 Cor 12:2; αἱ ἐκκλησίαι αἱ ἐν Χ. Gal 1:22; 1 Th 2:14; νεκροὶ ἐν Χ. 4:16; ἐκλεκτός Ro 16:13. δόκιμος vs. 10. δέσμιος Eph 4:1. πιστὸς διάκονος 6:21; ἐν Χ. γεννᾶν τινα become someone’s parent in the Christian life 1 Cor 4:15. τὸ ἔργον μου ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν κυρίῳ 9:1.—The use of ἐν πνεύματι as a formulaic expression is sim.: ἐν πν. εἶναι be under the impulsion of the spirit, i.e. the new self, as opposed to ἐν σαρκί under the domination of the old self Ro 8:9; cp. ἐν νόμῳ 2:12. λαλεῖν speak under divine inspiration 1 Cor 12:3. ἐγενόμην ἐν πνεύματι I was in a state of inspiration Rv 1:10; 4:2; opp. ἐν ἑαυτῷ γενόμενος came to himself Ac 12:11 (cp. X., An. 1, 5, 17 et al.).—The expr. ἐν πν. εἶναι is also used to express the idea that someone is under the special infl. of a good or even an undesirable spirit: Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; Lk 2:27; 1 Cor 12:3; Rv 17:3; 21:10. ἄνθρωπος ἐν πν. ἀκαθάρτῳ (ὤν) Mk 1:23 (s. GBjörck, ConNeot 7, ’42, 1–3).—ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖσθαι be in the power of the evil one 1J 5:19. οἱ ἐν νόμῳ those who are subject to the law Ro 3:19. ἐν τῷ Ἀδὰμ ἀποθνῄσκειν die because of a connection w. Adam 1 Cor 15:22.—On the formula ἐν ὀνόματι (Χριστοῦ) s. ὄνομα 1, esp. dγג. The OT is the source of the expr. ὀμνύναι ἔν τινι swear by someone or someth. (oft. LXX) Mt 5:34ff; 23:16, 18ff; Rv 10:6; παραγγέλλομέν σοι ἐν Ἰησοῦ Ac 19:14 v.l. The usage in ὁμολογεῖν ἔν τινι acknowledge someone Mt 10:32; Lk 12:8 (s. ὁμολογέω 4b) is Aramaic.

⑤ marker introducing means or instrument, with, a construction that begins w. Homer (many examples of instrumental ἐν in Radermacher’s edition of Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. p. 100; Reader, Polemo p. 258) but whose wide currency in our lit. is partly caused by the infl. of the LXX, and its similarity to the Hebr. constr. w. בְּ (B-D-F §219; Mlt. 104; Mlt-H. 463f; s. esp. M-M p. 210).

ⓐ it can serve to introduce persons or things that accompany someone to secure an objective: ‘along with’

α. pers., esp. of a military force, w. blending of associative (s. 4) and instrumental idea (1 Macc 1:17; 7:14, 28 al.): ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ὑπαντῆσαι meet, w. 10,000 men Lk 14:31 (cp. 1 Macc 4:6, 29 συνήντησεν αὐτοῖς Ἰούδας ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ἀνδρῶν). ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσιν αὐτοῦ Jd 14 (cp. Jdth 16:3 ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσι δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ).

β. impers. (oft. LXX; PTebt 41, 5 [c. 119 B.C.]; 16, 14 [114 B.C.]; 45, 17 al., where people rush into the village or the house ἐν μαχαίρῃ, ἐν ὅπλοις). (Just., D. 86, 6 τῆς ἀξίνης, ἐν ἧ πεπορευμένοι ἦσαν … κόψαι ξύλα) ἐν ῥάβδῳ ἔρχεσθαι come with a stick (as a means of discipline) 1 Cor 4:21 (cp. Lucian, Dial. Mort. 23, 3 Ἑρμῆν καθικόμενον ἐν τῇ ῥάβδῳ; Gen 32:11; 1 Km 17:43; 1 Ch 11:23; Dssm., B 115f [BS 120]). ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας with the full blessing Ro 15:29. ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ Mt 16:28. ἐν αἵματι Hb 9:25 (cp. Mi 6:6). ἐν τῷ ὕδατι καὶ ἐν τῷ αἵματι 1J 5:6. ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει τοῦ Ἠλίου equipped w. the spirit and power of Elijah Lk 1:17. φθάνειν ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ come with the preaching of the gospel 2 Cor 10:14. μὴ ἐν ζύμῃ παλαιᾷ not burdened w. old leaven 1 Cor 5:8.

ⓑ it can serve to express means or instrumentality in terms of location for a specific action (cp. TestAbr A 12 p. 91, 5f [Stone p. 30] κρατῶν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ζυγόν; Tat. 9, 2 οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεσσοῖς ἀθύροντες ‘those who play w. gaming pieces’ [as, e.g., in backgammon]): κατακαίειν ἐν πυρί Rv 17:16 (cp. Bar 1:2; 1 Esdr 1:52; 1 Macc 5:5 al.; as early as Il. 24, 38; cp. POxy 2747, 74; Aelian, HA 14, 15. Further, the ἐν Rv 17:16 is not textually certain). ἐν ἅλατι ἁλίζειν, ἀρτύειν Mt 5:13; Mk 9:50; Lk 14:34 (s. M-M p. 210; WHutton, ET 58, ’46/47, 166–68). ἐν τῷ αἵματι λευκαίνειν Rv 7:14. ἐν αἵματι καθαρίζειν Hb 9:22. ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ ἀποκτείνειν kill with the sword Rv 6:8 (1 Esdr 1:50; 1 Macc 2:9; cp. 3:3; Jdth 16:4; ἀπολεῖ ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ En 99:16; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010] ἐν ῥ. πεσῇ … πεσοῦνται ἐν μαχαίρῃ; cp. Lucian, Hist. Conscrib. 12 ἐν ἀκοντίῳ φονεύειν). ἐν μαχαίρῃ πατάσσειν Lk 22:49 (διχοτομήσατε … ἐν μ. GrBar 16:3); ἐν μ. ἀπόλλυσθαι perish by the sword Mt 26:52. ποιμαίνειν ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ Rv 2:27; 12:5; 19:15 (s. ποιμαίνω 2aγ and cp. PGM 36, 109). καταπατεῖν τι ἐν τοῖς ποσίν tread someth. w. the feet Mt 7:6 (cp. Sir 38:29). δύο λαοὺς βλέπω ἐν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς μου I see two peoples with my eyes GJs 17:2 (ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ὀρᾶν=see with the eyes: cp. Il. 1, 587; Od. 8, 459; Callinus [VII B.C.], Fgm. 1, 20 Diehl²). ποιεῖν κράτος ἐν βραχίονι do a mighty deed w. one’s arm Lk 1:51 (cp. Sir 38:30); cp. 11:20. δικαιοῦσθαι ἐν τῷ αἵματι be justified by the blood Ro 5:9. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2; ἐν τ. παρακλήσει 2 Cor 7:7. εὐλογεῖν ἐν εὐλογίᾳ Eph 1:3. λαλοῦντες ἑαυτοῖς ἐν ψάλμοις 5:19. ἀσπάσασθαι … ἐν εὐχῇ greet w. prayer GJs 24:1. Of intellectual process γινώσκειν ἔν τινι know or recognize by someth. (cp. Thuc. 7, 11, 1 ἐν ἐπιστολαῖς ἴστε; Sir 4:24; 11:28; 26:29) J 13:35; 1J 3:19; cp. ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου in the breaking of bread Lk 24:35 (s. 10c).—The ἐν which takes the place of the gen. of price is also instrumental ἠγόρασας ἐν τῷ αἵματί σου Rv 5:9 (cp. 1 Ch 21:24 ἀγοράζω ἐν ἀργυρίῳ).—ἐν ᾧ whereby Ro 14:21.—The idiom ἀλλάσσειν, μεταλλάσσειν τι ἔν τινι exchange someth. for someth. else Ro 1:23, 25 (cp. Ps 105:20) is not un-Greek (Soph., Ant. 945 Danaë had to οὐράνιον φῶς ἀλλάξαι ἐν χαλκοδέτοις αὐλαῖς=change the heavenly light for brass-bound chambers).

⑥ marker of agency: with the help of (Diod S 19, 46, 4 ἐν τοῖς μετέχουσι τοῦ συνεδρίου=with the help of the members of the council; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 7, 9 p. 259, 31 ἐν ἐκείνῳ ἑαλωκότες) ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια Mt 9:34. ἐν ἑτερογλώσσοις λαλεῖν 1 Cor 14:21. κρίνειν τ. οἰκουμένην ἐν ἀνδρί Ac 17:31 (cp. SIG² 850, 8 [173/172 B.C.] κριθέντω ἐν ἄνδροις τρίοις; Synes., Ep. 91 p. 231b ἐν ἀνδρί); perh. 1 Cor 6:2 (s. 1e); ἀπολύτρωσις ἐν Χρ. redemption through Christ Ro 3:24 (cp. ἐν αὐτῷ σωθήσεσθε Just., A I, 60, 3).

⑦ marker of circumstance or condition under which someth. takes place: ἐν ᾧ κρίνεις Ro 2:1 (but s. B-D-F §219, 2); ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 14:22; ἐν ᾧ καυχῶνται 2 Cor 11:12; ἐν ᾧ τις τολμᾷ 11:21; ἐν ᾧ καταλαλοῦσιν whereas they slander 1 Pt 2:12, cp. 3:16 (on these Petrine pass. s. also ὅς 1k); ἐν ᾧ ξενίζονται in view of your changed attitude they consider it odd 4:4. ἐν ᾧ in 3:19 may similarly refer to a changed circumstance, i.e. from death to life (WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits, ’65, esp. 135–42: ‘in this sphere, under this influence’ [of the spirit]). Other possibilities: as far as this is concerned: πνεῦμα• ἐν ᾧ spirit; as which (FZimmermann, APF 11, ’35, 174 ‘meanwhile’ [indessen]; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism, ’46, 108–15: ‘on that occasion’=when he died).—Before a substantive inf. (oft. LXX; s. KHuber, Unters. über den Sprachchar. des griech. Lev., diss. Zürich 1916, 83): in that w. pres. inf. (POxy 743, 35 [2 B.C.] ἐν τῷ δέ με περισπᾶσθαι οὐκ ἠδυνάσθην συντυχεῖν Ἀπολλωνίῳ; Just., D. 10, 3 ἐν τῷ μήτε σάββατα τηρεῖν μήτε …) βασανιζομένους ἐν τῷ ἐλαύνειν as they were having rough going in the waves=having a difficult time making headway Mk 6:48. ἐθαύμαζον ἐν τῷ χρονίζειν … αὐτόν they marveled over his delay Lk 1:21. ἐν τῷ τὴν χεῖρα ἐκτείνειν σε in that you extend your hand Ac 4:30; cp. 3:26; Hb 8:13. W. aor. inf. ἐν τῷ ὑποτάξαι αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα Hb 2:8. Somet. the circumstantial and temporal (s. 7 and 10) uses are so intermingled that it is difficult to decide between them; so in some of the pass. cited above, and also Hv 1, 1, 8 et al. (B-D-F §404, 3; Rob. 1073).—WHutton, Considerations for the Translation of ἐν, Bible Translator 9, ’58, 163–70; response by NTurner, ibid. 10, ’59, 113–20.—On ἐν w. article and inf. s. ISoisalon-Soininen, Die Infinitive in der LXX, ’65, 80ff.

⑧ marker denoting the object to which someth. happens or in which someth. shows itself, or by which someth. is recognized, to, by, in connection with: ζητεῖν τι ἔν τινι require someth. in the case of someone 1 Cor 4:2; cp. ἐν ἡμῖν μάθητε so that you might learn in connection w. us vs. 6. Cp. Phil 1:30. ἵνα οὕτως γένηται ἐν ἐμοί that this may be done in my case 1 Cor 9:15 (Just., D. 77, 3 τοῦτο γενόμενον ἐν τῷ ἡμετέρῳ Χριστῷ). ἐδόξαζον ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸν θεόν perh. they glorified God in my case Gal 1:24, though because of me and for me are also possible. μήτι ἐν ἐμοὶ ἀνεκεφαλαιώθη ἡ ἱστορία GJs 13:1 (s. ἀνακεφαλαιόω 1). ποιεῖν τι ἔν τινι do someth. to (with) someone (Epict., Ench. 33, 12; Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 18 μὴ ἑτεροῖόν τι ποιήσῃς ἐν ἐμοί; Gen 40:14; Jdth 7:24; 1 Macc 7:23) Mt 17:12; Lk 23:31. ἐργάζεσθαί τι ἔν τινι Mk 14:6. ἔχειν τι ἔν τινι have someth. in someone J 3:15 (but ἐν αὐτῷ is oft. constr. w. πιστεύων, cp. v.l.); cp. 14:30 (s. BNoack, Satanas u. Soteria ’48, 92). ἵνα δικαιοσύνης ναὸν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ σώματι ἀναδείξῃ AcPlCor 2:17 (s. ἀναδείκνυμι 1).—For the ordinary dat. (Diod S 3, 51, 4 ἐν ἀψύχῳ ἀδύνατον=it is impossible for a lifeless thing; Ael. Aristid. 49, 15 K.=25 p. 492 D.: ἐν Νηρίτῳ θαυμαστὰ ἐνεδείξατο=[God] showed wonderful things to N.; 53 p. 629 D.: οὐ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς βελτίστοις εἰσὶ παῖδες, ἐν δὲ πονηροτάτοις οὐκέτι=it is not the case that the very good have children, and the very bad have none [datives of possession]; 54 p. 653 D.: ἐν τ. φαύλοις θετέον=to the bad; EpJer 66 ἐν ἔθνεσιν; Aesop, Fab. 19, 8 and 348a, 5 v.l. Ch.) ἀποκαλύψαι τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐμοί Gal 1:16. φανερόν ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς Ro 1:19 (Aesop 15c, 11 Ch. τ. φανερὸν ἐν πᾶσιν=evident to all). ἐν ἐμοὶ βάρβαρος (corresp. to τῷ λαλοῦντι βάρβ.) 1 Cor 14:11 (Amphis Com. [IV B.C.] 21 μάταιός ἐστιν ἐν ἐμοί). δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις Ac 4:12. θεῷ … ἐν ἀνθρώποις Lk 2:14.—Esp. w. verbs of striking against: προσκόπτω, πταίω, σκανδαλίζομαι; s. these entries.

⑨ marker of cause or reason, because of, on account of (PParis 28, 13=UPZ 48, 12f [162/161 B.C.] διαλυόμενοι ἐν τῷ λιμῷ; Ps 30:11; 1 Macc 16:3 ἐν τῷ ἐλέει; 2 Macc 7:29; Sir 33:17)

ⓐ gener. ἁγιάζεσθαι ἔν τινι Hb 10:10; 1 Cor 7:14. ἐν τ. ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν Ro 1:24; perh. ἐν Ἰσαὰκ κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα 9:7; Hb 11:18 (both Gen 21:12). ἐν τῇ πολυλογίᾳ αὐτῶν because of their many words Mt 6:7. ἐν τούτῳ πιστεύομεν this is the reason why we believe J 16:30; cp. Ac 24:16; 1 Cor 4:4 (Just., D. 68, 7 οὐχὶ καὶ ἐν τούτῳ δυσωπήσω ὑμᾶς μὴ πείθεσθαι τοῖς διδασκάλοις ὑμῶν=‘surely you will be convinced by this [argument] to lose confidence in your teachers, won’t you?’); perh. 2 Cor 5:2. Sim., of the occasion: ἔφυγεν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ at this statement Ac 7:29; cp. 8:6. W. attraction ἐν ᾧ = ἐν τούτῳ ὅτι for the reason that = because Ro 8:3; Hb 2:18; 6:17.

ⓑ w. verbs that express feeling or emotion, to denote that toward which the feeling is directed; so: εὐδοκεῖν (εὐδοκία), εὐφραίνεσθαι, καυχᾶσθαι, χαίρειν et al.

⑩ marker of a period of time, in, while, when

ⓐ indicating an occurrence or action within which, at a certain point, someth. occurs Mt 2:1. ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 3:1. ἐν τῷ ἑξῆς afterward Lk 7:11. ἐν τῷ μεταξύ meanwhile (PTebt 72, 190; PFlor 36, 5) J 4:31. in the course of, within ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις (X., Ages. 1, 34; Diod S 13, 14, 2; 20, 83, 4; Arrian, Anab. 4, 6, 4 ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις; Aelian, VH 1, 6; IPriene 9, 29; GDI 1222, 4 [Arcadia] ἰν ἁμέραις τρισί; EpArist 24; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1:3 Jac.) Mt 27:40; J 2:19f.

ⓑ point of time when someth. occurs ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως Mt 11:22 (En 10:6; Just., D. 38, 2; Tat. 12, 4). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ J 6:44; 11:24; 12:48; cp. 7:37. ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ Mt 8:13; 10:19; cp. 7:22; J 4:53. ἐν σαββάτῳ 12:2; J 7:23. ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ J 11:9 (opp. ἐν τῇ νυκτί vs. 10). ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ on the second visit Ac 7:13. ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ in the new age Mt 19:28. ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ 1 Cor 15:23; 1 Th 2:19; 3:13; Phil 2:12 (here, in contrast to the other pass., there is no reference to the second coming of Christ.—Just., D. 31, 1 ἐν τῇ ἐνδόξῳ γινομένῃ αὐτοῦ παρουσίᾳ; 35, 8; 54, 1 al.); 1J 2:28. ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει in the resurrection Mt 22:28; Mk 12:23; Lk 14:14; 20:33; J 11:24 (Just., D. 45, 2 ἐν τῇ τῶν νεκρῶν ἀναστάσει). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ σάλπιγγι at the last trumpet-call 1 Cor 15:52. ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει at the appearance of Jesus/Christ (in the last days) 2 Th 1:7; 1 Pt 1:7, 13; 4:13.

ⓒ to introduce an activity whose time is given when, while, during (Diod S 23, 12, 1 ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις=in the case of this kind of behavior) ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ when (you) pray Mt 21:22. ἐν τῇ στάσει during the revolt Mk 15:7. ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ in the course of his teaching Mk 4:2; 12:38. If Lk 24:35 belongs here, the sense would be on the occasion of, when (but s. 5b). ἐν αὐτῷ in it (the preaching of the gospel) Eph 6:20. γρηγοροῦντες ἐν αὐτῇ (τῇ προσευχῇ) while you are watchful in it Col 4:2. Esp. w. the pres. inf. used substantively: ἐν τῷ σπείρειν while (he) sowed Mt 13:4; Mk 4:4; cp. 6:48 (s. 7 above and βασανίζω); ἐν τῷ καθεύδειν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους while people were asleep Mt 13:25; ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτόν during the accusations against him 27:12. W. the aor. inf. the meaning is likewise when. Owing to the fundamental significance of the aor. the action is the focal point (s. Rob. 1073, opp. B-D-F §404) ἐν τῷ γενέσθαι τὴν φωνήν Lk 9:36. ἐν τῷ ἐπανελθεῖν αὐτόν 19:15. ἐν τῷ εἰσελθεῖν αὐτούς 9:34.—W. ἐν ᾦ while, as long as (Soph., Trach. 929; Cleanthes [IV/III B.C.] Stoic. I p. 135, 1 [Diog. L. 7, 171]; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 11 Jac.; Plut., Mor. 356c; Arrian, Anab. 6, 12, 1; Pamprepios of Panopolis [V A.D.] 1, 22 [ed. HGerstinger, SBWienAk 208/3, 1928]) Mk 2:19; Lk 5:34; 24:44 D; J 5:7.

⑪ marker denoting kind and manner, esp. functioning as an auxiliary in periphrasis for adverbs (Kühner-G. I 466): ἐν δυνάμει w. power, powerfully Mk 9:1; Ro 1:4; Col 1:29; 2 Th 1:11; ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ justly Ac 17:31; Rv 19:11 (cp. Just., A II, 4, 3 and D. 16, 3; 19, 2 ἐν δίκῃ). ἐν χαρᾷ joyfully Ro 15:32. ἐν ἐκτενείᾳ earnestly Ac 26:7. ἐν σπουδῇ zealously Ro 12:8. ἐν χάριτι graciously Gal 1:6; 2 Th 2:16. ἐν (πάσῃ) παρρησίᾳ freely, openly J 7:4; 16:29; Phil 1:20. ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφαλείᾳ Ac 5:23. ἐν τάχει (PHib 47, 35 [256 B.C.] ἀπόστειλον ἐν τάχει) Lk 18:8; Ro 16:20; Rv 1:1; 22:6. ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7 (belongs prob. not to σοφία, but to λαλοῦμεν: in the form of a secret; cp. Polyb. 23, 3, 4; 26, 7, 5; Just., D. 63, 2 Μωυσῆς … ἐν παραβολῇ λέγων; 68, 6 εἰρήμενον … ἐν μυστηρίῳ; Diod S 17, 8, 5 ἐν δωρεαῖς λαβόντες=as gifts; 2 Macc 4:30 ἐν δωρεᾷ=as a gift; Sir 26:3; Polyb. 28, 17, 9 λαμβάνειν τι ἐν φερνῇ). Of the norm: ἐν μέτρῳ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου μέρους acc. to the measure of each individual part Eph 4:16. On 1 Cor 1:21 s. AWedderburn, ZNW 64, ’73, 132–34.

⑫ marker of specification or substance: w. adj. πλούσιος ἐν ἐλέει Eph 2:4; cp. Tit 2:3; Js 1:8.—of substance consisting in (BGU 72, 11 [191 A.D.] ἐξέκοψαν πλεῖστον τόπον ἐν ἀρούραις πέντε) τὸν νόμον τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐν δόγμασιν Eph 2:15. ἐν μηδενὶ λειπόμενοι Js 1:4 (contrast Just., A I, 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι). Hb 13:21a.— amounting to (BGU 970, 14=Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 242, 14f [177 A.D.] προσηνενκάμην αὐτῷ προοῖκα ἐν δραχμαῖς ἐννακοσίαις) πᾶσαν τὴν συγγένειαν ἐν ψυχαῖς ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε Ac 7:14.—Very rarely for the genitive (Philo Mech. 75, 29 τὸ ἐν τῷ κυλίνδρῳ κοίλασμα; EpArist 31 ἡ ἐν αὐτοῖς θεωρία = ἡ αὐτῶν θ.; cp. 29; Tat. 18, 1 πᾶν τὸ ἐν αὐτῇ εἶδος) ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι the free gift in beneficence or grace Ro 5:15.—DELG. LfgrE s.v. ἐν col. 569 (lit. esp. early Greek). M-M. TW.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐν
57 constante

adj.

1 persistent (person) (en una empresa).

2 constant.

3 unchanging, uniform, consistent, constant.

4 dedicated, hardworking.

f.

1 constant.

constantes vitales (medicine) vital signs

mantener las constantes vitales de alguien (medicine) to keep somebody alive

2 Constante.

* * *

constante

► adjetivo

1 (invariable) constant

2 (persona) steadfast

► nombre femenino

1 MATEMÁTICAS constant

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

constantes vitales vital signs

* * *

adj.

constant

* * *

1. ADJ

1) (=continuado) constant

la búsqueda constante de la verdad — the constant search for truth

un día de lluvia constante — a day of constant o persistent rain

2) (=frecuente) constant

recibía constantes advertencias de su jefe — she was getting constant warnings from her boss

3) (=perseverante) [persona] persevering

4) (Fís) [velocidad, temperatura, presión] constant

2. SF

1) (=factor predominante)

el mar es una constante en su obra — the sea is a constant theme o an ever-present theme in his work

el paro es una constante en la economía española — unemployment is a permanent feature of the Spanish economy

constante histórica — historical constant

2) (Mat) constant

3) (Med)

constantes vitales — vital signs

* * *
I
adjetivo

1) ( continuo) constant

2) ( perseverante) < persona> persevering
II
femenino

a) (Mat) constant

b) ( característica) constant feature

una constante en su obra — a constant theme in his work

el malhumor es una constante en él — he's always in a bad mood

c) constantes femenino plural (Med) tb

constantes vitales — vital signs (pl)

* * *

= constant, continual, continued, continuing, continuous, even, ongoing [on-going], persistent, regular, unvarying, steadfast, perpetual, steady [steadier -comp., steadiest -sup.], abiding, unfailing, unabated, constant, standing, unflagging, assiduous, on-the-go, unceasing, incessant, ceaseless, persevering.

Ex. Film and videotape are stored on the premises in vaults situated at the back of the library and are air conditioned to ensure a constant temperature.

Ex. The second point concerns the continual reference to Haykin's book, a sort of code of subject authority practice and its drawbacks.

Ex. Instructional development is a goal-oriented, problem-solving process involving techniques such as development of specific objectives, analysis of learners and tasks, preliminary trials, formative and summative evaluation, and continued revision.

Ex. They are likely to influence the future function of DC, and the way in which the scheme will evolve, but since there will be a continuing need for shelf arrangement, DC will remain necessary.

Ex. However, in 1983, Forest Press decided to opt for the concept of continuous revision.

Ex. An unvarying level of illumination, heating, cooling, ventilation and acoustics will give the even type of environment needed in an academic library.

Ex. This study has many implications for an ongoing COMARC effort beyond the present pilot project because it is evident that a very small number of libraries can furnish machine-readable records with full LC/MARC encoding.

Ex. Cases keep discussion grounded on certain persistent facts that must be faced, and keep a realistic rein on airy flights of academic speculation.

Ex. Book form was generally regarded as too inflexible for library catalogues, especially where the catalogue required regular updating to cater for continuing and gradual expansion of the collection.

Ex. An unvarying level of illumination, heating, cooling, ventilation and acoustics will give the even type of environment needed in an academic library.

Ex. He does admit, however, that 'this power is unusual, it is a gift which must be cultivated, an accomplishment which can only be acquired by vigorous and steadfast concentration'.

Ex. Possessed of a phenomenal memory and a perpetual smile, this paragon always is ready to meet the public without losing balance or a sense of humor.

Ex. Susan Blanch is a fairly steady customer, taking only fiction books.

Ex. The revision and correction of reference works is an abiding concern to the librarian and the user.

Ex. Public libraries can be characterized by an unfailing flexibility and sincere intent to help people solve problems.

Ex. The demand for English as the world's lingua franca continues unabated.

Ex. In this formula, curly brackets {} indicate activities, and alpha, beta and gamma are constants = En esta fórmula, las llaves {} indican actividades y alfa, beta y gamma son las constantes.

Ex. A standing reproach to all librarians is the non-user.

Ex. Colleagues from all the regions of the world harnessed their combined intellectual capital, tenacity, good will and unflagging spirit of volunteerism for the good of our profession = Colegas de todas las regiones del mundo utilizaron su capital intelectual, su tenacidad, su buena voluntad y su inagotable espíritu de voluntarismo para el bien de nuestra profesión.

Ex. The management of a large number of digital images requires assiduous attention to all stages of production.

Ex. With technologies such as SMS, Podcasting, voice over IP (VoIP), and more becoming increasingly mainstream, the potential to provide instant, on-the-go reference is limitless.

Ex. But just as she pulled over the road in the pitch blackness of night she heard the unceasing sound of the night like she had never heard it.

Ex. The great practical education of the Englishman is derived from incessant intercourse between man and man, in trade.

Ex. Children in modern society are faced with a ceaseless stream of new ideas, and responsibility for their upbringing has generally moved from parents to childminders and teachers.

Ex. Napoleon Bonaparte said: 'Victory belongs to the most persevering' and 'Ability is of little account without opportunity'.

----

* constante de bajada = slope constant.

* constante flujo de = steady stream of.

* constante vital = vital sign.

* crítica constante = nagging.

* de un modo constante = on an ongoing basis.

* en constante expansión = ever-expanding, ever-growing.

* en constante movimiento = on the go.

* los constantes cambios de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.

* mantenimiento de las constantes vitales = life support.

* máquina que mantiene las constantes vitales = life-support system.

* permanecer constante = remain + constant.

* que está en constante evolución = ever-evolving.

* serie constante de = steady stream of.

* ser una constante = be a constant.

* * *
I
adjetivo

1) ( continuo) constant

2) ( perseverante) < persona> persevering
II
femenino

a) (Mat) constant

b) ( característica) constant feature

una constante en su obra — a constant theme in his work

el malhumor es una constante en él — he's always in a bad mood

c) constantes femenino plural (Med) tb

constantes vitales — vital signs (pl)

* * *

= constant, continual, continued, continuing, continuous, even, ongoing [on-going], persistent, regular, unvarying, steadfast, perpetual, steady [steadier -comp., steadiest -sup.], abiding, unfailing, unabated, constant, standing, unflagging, assiduous, on-the-go, unceasing, incessant, ceaseless, persevering.

Ex: Film and videotape are stored on the premises in vaults situated at the back of the library and are air conditioned to ensure a constant temperature.

Ex: The second point concerns the continual reference to Haykin's book, a sort of code of subject authority practice and its drawbacks.

Ex: Instructional development is a goal-oriented, problem-solving process involving techniques such as development of specific objectives, analysis of learners and tasks, preliminary trials, formative and summative evaluation, and continued revision.

Ex: They are likely to influence the future function of DC, and the way in which the scheme will evolve, but since there will be a continuing need for shelf arrangement, DC will remain necessary.

Ex: However, in 1983, Forest Press decided to opt for the concept of continuous revision.

Ex: An unvarying level of illumination, heating, cooling, ventilation and acoustics will give the even type of environment needed in an academic library.

Ex: This study has many implications for an ongoing COMARC effort beyond the present pilot project because it is evident that a very small number of libraries can furnish machine-readable records with full LC/MARC encoding.

Ex: Cases keep discussion grounded on certain persistent facts that must be faced, and keep a realistic rein on airy flights of academic speculation.

Ex: Book form was generally regarded as too inflexible for library catalogues, especially where the catalogue required regular updating to cater for continuing and gradual expansion of the collection.

Ex: An unvarying level of illumination, heating, cooling, ventilation and acoustics will give the even type of environment needed in an academic library.

Ex: He does admit, however, that 'this power is unusual, it is a gift which must be cultivated, an accomplishment which can only be acquired by vigorous and steadfast concentration'.

Ex: Possessed of a phenomenal memory and a perpetual smile, this paragon always is ready to meet the public without losing balance or a sense of humor.

Ex: Susan Blanch is a fairly steady customer, taking only fiction books.

Ex: The revision and correction of reference works is an abiding concern to the librarian and the user.

Ex: Public libraries can be characterized by an unfailing flexibility and sincere intent to help people solve problems.

Ex: The demand for English as the world's lingua franca continues unabated.

Ex: In this formula, curly brackets {} indicate activities, and alpha, beta and gamma are constants = En esta fórmula, las llaves {} indican actividades y alfa, beta y gamma son las constantes.

Ex: A standing reproach to all librarians is the non-user.

Ex: Colleagues from all the regions of the world harnessed their combined intellectual capital, tenacity, good will and unflagging spirit of volunteerism for the good of our profession = Colegas de todas las regiones del mundo utilizaron su capital intelectual, su tenacidad, su buena voluntad y su inagotable espíritu de voluntarismo para el bien de nuestra profesión.

Ex: The management of a large number of digital images requires assiduous attention to all stages of production.

Ex: With technologies such as SMS, Podcasting, voice over IP (VoIP), and more becoming increasingly mainstream, the potential to provide instant, on-the-go reference is limitless.

Ex: But just as she pulled over the road in the pitch blackness of night she heard the unceasing sound of the night like she had never heard it.

Ex: The great practical education of the Englishman is derived from incessant intercourse between man and man, in trade.

Ex: Children in modern society are faced with a ceaseless stream of new ideas, and responsibility for their upbringing has generally moved from parents to childminders and teachers.

Ex: Napoleon Bonaparte said: 'Victory belongs to the most persevering' and 'Ability is of little account without opportunity'.

* constante de bajada = slope constant.

* constante flujo de = steady stream of.

* constante vital = vital sign.

* crítica constante = nagging.

* de un modo constante = on an ongoing basis.

* en constante expansión = ever-expanding, ever-growing.

* en constante movimiento = on the go.

* los constantes cambios de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.

* mantenimiento de las constantes vitales = life support.

* máquina que mantiene las constantes vitales = life-support system.

* permanecer constante = remain + constant.

* que está en constante evolución = ever-evolving.

* serie constante de = steady stream of.

* ser una constante = be a constant.

* * *

constante¹

adjective

A

1 (continuo) constant

estaba sometido a una constante vigilancia he was kept under constant surveillance

2 ‹tema/motivo› constant

B (perseverante) persevering

constante²

feminine

1 ( Mat) constant

2 (característica) constant feature

las escaseces han sido una constante durante los últimos siete años shortages have been a constant feature of the last seven years

durante estas fechas las colas son una constante en las tiendas at this time of year queues are a regular feature in the shops

una constante en su obra a constant theme in his work

el malhumor es una constante en él he's always in a bad mood

3 constantes fpl ( Med) tb

constantes vitales vital signs (pl)

* * *

constante adjetivo
a) ( continuo) constant

b) ( perseverante) ‹ persona› persevering

■ sustantivo femenino
a) (Mat) constant

b) ( característica) constant feature

c)

◊ constantes sustantivo femenino plural (Med) tb constantes vitales vital signs (pl)

constante
I adjetivo
1 (tenaz) steadfast: es una persona constante en sus ambiciones, he is steadfast in his ambitions
2 (incesante, sin variaciones) constant, incessant, unchanging: me mareaba el constante barullo que había allí, the constant racket there made me dizzy
II sustantivo femenino
1 constant feature: los desengaños fueron una constante a lo largo de su vida, disappointments were a constant during his lifetime
2 Mat constant
' constante' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
fiel
- salario
- sangría
English:
constant
- continual
- cruise
- equable
- even
- incessant
- recurrent
- steadily
- steady
- unfailing
- uniform
- unremitting
- break
- consistent
- drive
- eternal
- niggling
- persistent
- wear

* * *

constante

♦ adj

1. [persona] [en una empresa] persistent;
[en ideas, opiniones] steadfast;
se mantuvo constante en su esfuerzo he persevered in his efforts

2. [lluvia, atención] constant, persistent;
[temperatura] constant
3. [que se repite] constant

♦ nf

1. [rasgo] constant;

las desilusiones han sido una constante en su vida disappointments have been a constant feature in her life;

las tormentas son una constante en sus cuadros storms are an ever-present feature in his paintings;

la violencia es una constante histórica en la región the region has known violence throughout its history

2. Mat constant

3. constantes vitales vital signs;

mantener las constantes vitales de alguien to keep sb alive

* * *

constante

I adj constant

II f MAT constant

* * *

constante adj

: constant

♦ constantemente adv

constante nf

: constant

* * *

constante adj (continuo) constant

Spanish-English dictionary > constante
58 Intellectuals

Intellectuals Classified as Hedgehogs or Foxes

There is a line among the fragments of the Greek poet Archilochus which says: "The fox knows many things, but the hedgehog knows one big thing." Scholars have differed about the correct interpretation of these dark words, which may mean no more than that the fox, for all his cunning, is defeated by the hedgehog's one defence. But, taken figuratively, the words can be made to yield a sense in which they mark one of the deepest differences which divide writers and thinkers, and, it may be, human beings in general. For there exists a great chasm between those, on one side, who relate everything to a single central vision, one system, less or more coherent or articulate, in terms of which they understand, think and feel-a single, universal, organising principle in terms of which alone all that they are and say has significance-and, on the other side, those who pursue many ends, often unrelated and even contradictory, connected, if at all, only in some de facto way, for some psychological or physiological cause, related by no moral or aesthetic principle.... The first kind of intellectual and artistic personality belongs to the hedgehogs, the second to the foxes; and without insisting on a rigid classification, we may, without too much fear of contradiction, say that, in this sense, Dante belongs to the first category, Shakespeare to the second; Plato, Lucretius, Pascal, Hegel, Dostoevsky, Nietsche, Ibsen, [and] Proust are, in varying degrees hedgehogs; Herodotus, Aristotle, Montaigne, Erasmus, Molie`re, Goethe, Pushkin, Balzac, [and] Joyce are foxes. (Berlin, 1953, pp. 1-2; Archilochus, 1971, frag. 201)

Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Intellectuals
59 פני

פני, פָּנָה(b. h.) 1) to turn (ones face). Yoma 17b, a. e. שאתה פוֹנֶה, v. פִּינָּה. Y.Ab. Zar. III, 42b sq. (ref. to Lev. 19:4) אל תִּפְנֶה לעובדן do not turn thy face to them to worship them; אל תפנה לראותן ממש it is meant literally, do not turn thy face to look at them; Sifra Kdosh. beg. אל תפנה לראותם וַדַּיי. Ib. תחלתם אלילים הם אם פּוֹנֶה את אחריהןוכ׳ at first they are ‘nothings, but if thou turnest after them, thou wilt make them (thy) gods; Yalk. Lev. 604. Ib.; Sabb.149a (ref. to Lev. l. c.) אל תִּפְנוּ אֶל מדעתכם turn not to the creation of your fancy (Rashi; anoth. interpret., v. infra); a. v. fr. 2) to turn around, go away. Lam. R. to I, 1 כיון ששתה ופ׳ לילך (מעשה) רבתי when he had drunk and turned to go away. Gen. R. s. 68 יצא משם פ׳ זיוה פ׳ הדרה when he (the righteous) goes away from a place, its splendor is gone, its glory is gone; Ruth R. to I, 7. Sifra Kdosh., ch. VIII, Par. 4, a. e. (ref. to ונתתי את פני, Lev. 20:6; cmp. פְּנַאי) פּוֹנֶה אני מכלוכ׳, v. עֵסֶק. Midr. Prov. to 16:11 לִפְנוֹת היום when the day was going away (towards evening); a. v. fr. 3) (act. verb) to turn, pervert. Cant. R. to VII, 9 (play on אח̇ש̇ד̇רפ̇נ̇יא, Dan. 3:2) אלו ארכונות שהן נש̇ח̇ד̇ין ופ̇וני̇ן דיןוכ׳ (not נחשדין) those are the officers that are bribed and turn justice in any direction; ib. שמה̇ד̇ר̇ין פ̇נ̇ים ופ̇ונ̇ין דין who respect persons and pervert justice; a. fr. 4) to turn aside, go out, (euphem.) to ease ones self. Y.Sot.I, 16d אם יִפְנֶה אחר מהן לצורכו if one of them goes out for a human need. Toh. X, 2 ופוֹנִים (Ber.62a ונִפְנִין, Nif.). 5) to vacate (v. infra); to free, release. Pesik. R. s. 42 הספינה … ולא תטריח עליה לִפְנוֹתָהּ (not הטריח) thy friends ship has been seized (for public service), and wilt thou not take pains to release it? ועכשיו של אחרים הוא פוֹנֶה ושלו אינה נפנית and now he releases other mens ships, and shall not his be released.?Part. pass. פָּנוּי; f. פְּנוּיָה vacant, empty, free. Ber.43a אין בית הבליעה פ׳ his œsophagus is not free (which makes speaking dangerous). Y.Kil.III, beg.28c אי אפשר … נקב אחד פ׳וכ׳ it is not possible that there should not be one cavity free for planting ; Y.Sabb.IX, 11d bot. אפשר … פניי (corr. acc.). Num. R. s. 14 והיה הבית פ׳ and the house was empty (none at home); a. fr.V. פָּנוּי. Pi. פִּינָּה 1) to empty, remove, transfer. Sabb.III, 5 המיחם שפִּינָּהוּוכ׳ in the kettle which one has emptied (or: which one has removed from the oven) ; ib. 41a המיחם שפ׳ ממנו מיםוכ׳ in the kettle out of which one has removed the hot water. Ib. XVIII, 1 מְפַנִּיןאפי׳וכ׳ you may clear away (on the Sabbath) even four or five piles … to make room for guests. Y.Gitt.VIII, 49d top אם … איש מְפַנֶּה if the court belongs to the wife, the husband (after divorce) must vacate it, ושל איש אשה מְפַנָּה and if it belongs to the husband, the wife must vacate it; מי מפנה מפני מי which of them must vacate it for the other? Taan.21a בקשו תלמידיו לפַנּוֹת אתוכ׳ his disciples wanted to move his bed first and then his furniture; פַּנּוּ את הכליםוכ׳ move the furniture first. Ab. III, 4 מפנה לבו לבטלה empties his heart (of serious thoughts to make room) for frivolous subjects. Sabb.149a (ref. to Lev. 19:4, v. supra) אל תְּפַנוּ אֵל מדעתכם do not remove God from your minds (to make room for idols). B. Kam.81b מְפַנֵּיהוּ לשדהוכ׳ he must remove the corpse to Y.Maasr.II, 49d רוצה אדם לפנות עסקיווכ׳ (ed. Krot. רוצה הוא אדם לפנע; ed. Zyt. לפלה, corr. acc.) a man is anxious to dispose of his goods in the first place he strikes ; a. fr. 2) to free, acquit. Tanḥ. Vayikra 6 פ׳ לקרתני ולבן פלטריןוכ׳ he acquitted the commoner, but convicted the courtier. Ib. לקרתני פּנִּיתִיוכ׳ I acquitted the commoner, because he knows not the royal customs; a. fr. Nif. נִפְנֶה 1) to turn. Midr. Till. to Ps. 18:5 נִפְנֵיתִי לכאןוכ׳ I turned in all directions, and there is no redeemer but thee; Yalk. Sam. 157; a. e. 2) to be removed, to die. Gen. R. s. 98 שהיה נ׳ מן העולם who was going to die. Tosef.Par.III (II), 8 נ׳ בני my son is dead (v. infra); a. e. 3) to be free, at leisure. Ib. לכשאֶפָּנֶה לך when I shall have leisure for thee, i. e. I shall take revenge on thee, when opportunity offers; אמר לו כשתִּפָּנֶה said he to him, when thou shalt be at leisure (or when thou shalt be dead, v. supra); ib. (Vers. of R. S. to Par. III, 8) לא נ׳ בני שהעריב שמשו my son has found no leisure (to take revenge), for his sun has set (he is dead). Ab. II, 4 אל תאמר לכשאפנה אשנה שמא לא תפנה say not, when I shall be at leisure, I will study; may be thou wilt never find leisure; a. fr. 4) to ease ones self. Sabb.82a הנצרך לִפָּנוֹת ואינו נפנה (Alf. להִפָּנוֹת) he who feels the want of easing himself, and is not relieved; ib. הנצרך ליפנות ואינו יכול ליפנות. Ber.62a ונִפְנִין, v. supra; a. fr. 5) to be released. Pesik. R. l. c., v. supra. Hif. הִפְנָה to vacate.Part. pass. מוּפְנֶה a) free, disengaged, single. Yeb.III, 5 שלשה אחין … ואחד מ׳ three brothera two of whom were married to two sisters, and one is free (unmarried or married to one who is a stranger to his brothers wives); Y. ib. III, 4d top; a. e.b) (dialectical exegesis) free for interpretation, unnecessary for the plain sense or context. Nidd.22b וייצר מ׳ משני צדדין מ׳ … ומ׳ גבי בהמה vayitser is free for interpretation on both sides, it is free with regard to man (Gen. 2:7, because mans creation is mentioned in ויברא, ib. 1:27), and free with regard to beasts (ib. 2:19, their creation being stated in ויעש, ib. 1:25). Ib. כל גזירה שוה שאינה מוּפְנָה כל עיקרוכ׳ analogous words which are not entirely free (in both texts) cannot be made the basis for interpretation as gzerah shavah (v. גְּזֵרָה). Ib. מ׳ מצד אחד free in one of the texts; Sabb.64a; a. fr. Hithpa. הִתְפַּנָּה 1) to be vacated, cleared, removed. Y.Naz.IX, 57d bot. כל הקברות מִתְפַּנִּיןוכ׳ all graves may be vacated (transferred), except ; Treat. Smaḥ. ch. XIV. 2) to be released. Pesik. R. l. c. כדי הוא (ש) תִּיתְפּנֶּה he deserves it to have his ship released (ed. Prag כדי הוא שיִתְפַּנֶּה he deserves to be released).

Jewish literature > פני
60 פנה

פני, פָּנָה(b. h.) 1) to turn (ones face). Yoma 17b, a. e. שאתה פוֹנֶה, v. פִּינָּה. Y.Ab. Zar. III, 42b sq. (ref. to Lev. 19:4) אל תִּפְנֶה לעובדן do not turn thy face to them to worship them; אל תפנה לראותן ממש it is meant literally, do not turn thy face to look at them; Sifra Kdosh. beg. אל תפנה לראותם וַדַּיי. Ib. תחלתם אלילים הם אם פּוֹנֶה את אחריהןוכ׳ at first they are ‘nothings, but if thou turnest after them, thou wilt make them (thy) gods; Yalk. Lev. 604. Ib.; Sabb.149a (ref. to Lev. l. c.) אל תִּפְנוּ אֶל מדעתכם turn not to the creation of your fancy (Rashi; anoth. interpret., v. infra); a. v. fr. 2) to turn around, go away. Lam. R. to I, 1 כיון ששתה ופ׳ לילך (מעשה) רבתי when he had drunk and turned to go away. Gen. R. s. 68 יצא משם פ׳ זיוה פ׳ הדרה when he (the righteous) goes away from a place, its splendor is gone, its glory is gone; Ruth R. to I, 7. Sifra Kdosh., ch. VIII, Par. 4, a. e. (ref. to ונתתי את פני, Lev. 20:6; cmp. פְּנַאי) פּוֹנֶה אני מכלוכ׳, v. עֵסֶק. Midr. Prov. to 16:11 לִפְנוֹת היום when the day was going away (towards evening); a. v. fr. 3) (act. verb) to turn, pervert. Cant. R. to VII, 9 (play on אח̇ש̇ד̇רפ̇נ̇יא, Dan. 3:2) אלו ארכונות שהן נש̇ח̇ד̇ין ופ̇וני̇ן דיןוכ׳ (not נחשדין) those are the officers that are bribed and turn justice in any direction; ib. שמה̇ד̇ר̇ין פ̇נ̇ים ופ̇ונ̇ין דין who respect persons and pervert justice; a. fr. 4) to turn aside, go out, (euphem.) to ease ones self. Y.Sot.I, 16d אם יִפְנֶה אחר מהן לצורכו if one of them goes out for a human need. Toh. X, 2 ופוֹנִים (Ber.62a ונִפְנִין, Nif.). 5) to vacate (v. infra); to free, release. Pesik. R. s. 42 הספינה … ולא תטריח עליה לִפְנוֹתָהּ (not הטריח) thy friends ship has been seized (for public service), and wilt thou not take pains to release it? ועכשיו של אחרים הוא פוֹנֶה ושלו אינה נפנית and now he releases other mens ships, and shall not his be released.?Part. pass. פָּנוּי; f. פְּנוּיָה vacant, empty, free. Ber.43a אין בית הבליעה פ׳ his œsophagus is not free (which makes speaking dangerous). Y.Kil.III, beg.28c אי אפשר … נקב אחד פ׳וכ׳ it is not possible that there should not be one cavity free for planting ; Y.Sabb.IX, 11d bot. אפשר … פניי (corr. acc.). Num. R. s. 14 והיה הבית פ׳ and the house was empty (none at home); a. fr.V. פָּנוּי. Pi. פִּינָּה 1) to empty, remove, transfer. Sabb.III, 5 המיחם שפִּינָּהוּוכ׳ in the kettle which one has emptied (or: which one has removed from the oven) ; ib. 41a המיחם שפ׳ ממנו מיםוכ׳ in the kettle out of which one has removed the hot water. Ib. XVIII, 1 מְפַנִּיןאפי׳וכ׳ you may clear away (on the Sabbath) even four or five piles … to make room for guests. Y.Gitt.VIII, 49d top אם … איש מְפַנֶּה if the court belongs to the wife, the husband (after divorce) must vacate it, ושל איש אשה מְפַנָּה and if it belongs to the husband, the wife must vacate it; מי מפנה מפני מי which of them must vacate it for the other? Taan.21a בקשו תלמידיו לפַנּוֹת אתוכ׳ his disciples wanted to move his bed first and then his furniture; פַּנּוּ את הכליםוכ׳ move the furniture first. Ab. III, 4 מפנה לבו לבטלה empties his heart (of serious thoughts to make room) for frivolous subjects. Sabb.149a (ref. to Lev. 19:4, v. supra) אל תְּפַנוּ אֵל מדעתכם do not remove God from your minds (to make room for idols). B. Kam.81b מְפַנֵּיהוּ לשדהוכ׳ he must remove the corpse to Y.Maasr.II, 49d רוצה אדם לפנות עסקיווכ׳ (ed. Krot. רוצה הוא אדם לפנע; ed. Zyt. לפלה, corr. acc.) a man is anxious to dispose of his goods in the first place he strikes ; a. fr. 2) to free, acquit. Tanḥ. Vayikra 6 פ׳ לקרתני ולבן פלטריןוכ׳ he acquitted the commoner, but convicted the courtier. Ib. לקרתני פּנִּיתִיוכ׳ I acquitted the commoner, because he knows not the royal customs; a. fr. Nif. נִפְנֶה 1) to turn. Midr. Till. to Ps. 18:5 נִפְנֵיתִי לכאןוכ׳ I turned in all directions, and there is no redeemer but thee; Yalk. Sam. 157; a. e. 2) to be removed, to die. Gen. R. s. 98 שהיה נ׳ מן העולם who was going to die. Tosef.Par.III (II), 8 נ׳ בני my son is dead (v. infra); a. e. 3) to be free, at leisure. Ib. לכשאֶפָּנֶה לך when I shall have leisure for thee, i. e. I shall take revenge on thee, when opportunity offers; אמר לו כשתִּפָּנֶה said he to him, when thou shalt be at leisure (or when thou shalt be dead, v. supra); ib. (Vers. of R. S. to Par. III, 8) לא נ׳ בני שהעריב שמשו my son has found no leisure (to take revenge), for his sun has set (he is dead). Ab. II, 4 אל תאמר לכשאפנה אשנה שמא לא תפנה say not, when I shall be at leisure, I will study; may be thou wilt never find leisure; a. fr. 4) to ease ones self. Sabb.82a הנצרך לִפָּנוֹת ואינו נפנה (Alf. להִפָּנוֹת) he who feels the want of easing himself, and is not relieved; ib. הנצרך ליפנות ואינו יכול ליפנות. Ber.62a ונִפְנִין, v. supra; a. fr. 5) to be released. Pesik. R. l. c., v. supra. Hif. הִפְנָה to vacate.Part. pass. מוּפְנֶה a) free, disengaged, single. Yeb.III, 5 שלשה אחין … ואחד מ׳ three brothera two of whom were married to two sisters, and one is free (unmarried or married to one who is a stranger to his brothers wives); Y. ib. III, 4d top; a. e.b) (dialectical exegesis) free for interpretation, unnecessary for the plain sense or context. Nidd.22b וייצר מ׳ משני צדדין מ׳ … ומ׳ גבי בהמה vayitser is free for interpretation on both sides, it is free with regard to man (Gen. 2:7, because mans creation is mentioned in ויברא, ib. 1:27), and free with regard to beasts (ib. 2:19, their creation being stated in ויעש, ib. 1:25). Ib. כל גזירה שוה שאינה מוּפְנָה כל עיקרוכ׳ analogous words which are not entirely free (in both texts) cannot be made the basis for interpretation as gzerah shavah (v. גְּזֵרָה). Ib. מ׳ מצד אחד free in one of the texts; Sabb.64a; a. fr. Hithpa. הִתְפַּנָּה 1) to be vacated, cleared, removed. Y.Naz.IX, 57d bot. כל הקברות מִתְפַּנִּיןוכ׳ all graves may be vacated (transferred), except ; Treat. Smaḥ. ch. XIV. 2) to be released. Pesik. R. l. c. כדי הוא (ש) תִּיתְפּנֶּה he deserves it to have his ship released (ed. Prag כדי הוא שיִתְפַּנֶּה he deserves to be released).

Jewish literature > פנה

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

My Heart Belongs to Daddy (Desperate Housewives) — My Heart Belongs to Daddy Desperate Housewives episode Episode no. Season 2 Episode 4 Directed by Robert Duncan McNeill … Wikipedia
My Heart Belongs to Daddy — For other uses, see My Heart Belongs to Daddy (disambiguation). My Heart Belongs to Daddy is a song written by Cole Porter, for the 1938 musical Leave It to Me! which premiered on Nov 9, 1938. It was performed by Mary Martin who played Dolly… … Wikipedia
London Belongs to Me — Theatrical release poster Directed by Sidney Gilliat Produced by … Wikipedia
“What Belongs in Verse“ — Essay (730 words); probably written in early 1935. First published in Perspective Review(Spring 1935); rpt. MW This important essay reflects HPL’s later views on poetry, in which he is shown to have modified his earlier rigidly classicist… … An H.P.Lovecraft encyclopedia
Aristotle’s logic and metaphysics — Alan Code PART 1: LOGICAL WORKS OVERVIEW OF ARISTOTLE’S LOGIC The Aristotelian logical works are referred to collectively using the Greek term ‘Organon’. This is a reflection of the idea that logic is a tool or instrument of, though not… … History of philosophy
Justice — • In its ordinary and proper sense, signifiies the most important of the cardinal virtues Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin Knight. 2006. Justice Justice … Catholic encyclopedia
The Seal of Confession — The Law of the Seal of Confession † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Law of the Seal of Confession In the Decretum of the Gratian who compiled the edicts of previous councils and the principles of Church law which he published about 1151,… … Catholic encyclopedia
Lower Yangtze Mandarin — Xiajiang Guanhua Spoken in Huai and Yangzi Rivers Language family Sino Tibetan Chinese … Wikipedia
Bishop — • The title of an ecclesiastical dignitary who possesses the fullness of the priesthood to rule a diocese as its chief pastor, in due submission to the primacy of the pope Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin Knight. 2006. Bishop Bishop … Catholic encyclopedia
JOSHUA, BOOK OF — JOSHUA, BOOK OF, the first book of the Former Prophets, which relates the conquest of canaan and its early settlement from the death of moses to the death of joshua . The Book of Joshua is divided into three main sections: the conquest of the… … Encyclopedia of Judaism
Matroid — In combinatorics, a branch of mathematics, a matroid ( /ˈmeɪ … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

to+which+it+belongs

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

to+which+it+belongs

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: